MERU SPORTS FIELDS BLANK BOQ FOR TENDER Main Works PDF
MERU SPORTS FIELDS BLANK BOQ FOR TENDER Main Works PDF
ON
PLOT L.R.NO.27425-(NCHIRU)
MERU-MAUA ROAD
MERU COUNTY
BIDDING DOCUMENT:
INVITATION TO TENDER, INSTRUCTIONS TO
TENDERERS, APPENDIX TO INSTRUCTION TO
TENDERERS, CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT, APPENDIX
TO CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT, STANDARD FORMS,
SPECIFICATIONS, PRELIMINARIES, BILLS OF
QUANTITIES, PC & PS SUMS, GRAND SUMMARY AND
LIST OF DRAWINGS.
EMPLOYER:
MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY (M.U.S.T),
P O Box 972 – 60200,
MERU.
CONSULTANTS:
JUNE 2018
THE PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY
ON
PLOT L.R.NO.27425-(NCHIRU)
MERU-MAUA ROAD
MERU COUNTY
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
These Bills of Quantities are supplied as part of the contract for PROPOSED
SPORTS FACILITY FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY.
Prepared by:
QUANTI – BILL CONSULTS COMPANY LIMITED
Quantity Surveyors and Building Economists,
Suite No. 9, K.P. Offices,
Milimani Road.
P.O BOX 00100 – 34360 G.P.O
NAIROBI.
The Contract for the above mentioned works entered between Meru University of
Science and Technology and the Contractor, refers to these Bills of Quantities, Working
Drawings, Agreement and Schedule of Conditions and Instructions to Tenderers as
adopted from PPOA for Building works, the Appendix to conditions of contract and any
addendums issued, which shall be read and construed as part of the said contract.
The Contractor is required to check the numbers of the pages of these Bills of Quantities
and should he find any missing, in duplicate or indistinct he must inform the Quantity
Surveyor at once and have the same rectified.
Should the Contractor be in doubt about the precise meaning of any item or figure for
any reason whatsoever, he must inform the Quantity Surveyor in order that the correct
meaning may be decided before the date for submission of Tenders. No liability will be
admitted nor claim allowed in respect of errors in the Contractors Tender due to
mistakes in these Bills of Quantities, which should have been rectified in the manner,
described above.
COPY RIGHT:
The Copyright of these Bills of Quantities is vested in the Quantity Surveyor and no part thereof
may be reproduced without the express permission given in writing.
ST/BOQ/01.
BILL NO. 01
BIDDING DOCUMENT FOR
PROCUREMENT OF WORKS
INVITATION TO TENDER, INSTRUCTIONS TO
TENDERERS, APPENDIX TO INSTRUCTIONS TO
TENDERERS, CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT,
APPENDIX TO CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT AND
STANDARD FORMS
BIDDING DOCUMENT FOR
PROCUREMENT OF WORKS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
1
SECTION I:
INVITATION TO TENDER
The Invitation to tender for the Proposed Sports Fields for Meru University of
Science and Technology is as per attached letter from Meru University of Science
and Technology.
2
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
CLAUSE PAGE
1. General …………………………………………………. 4
3
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS.
1.3 All tenderers shall provide in the Form of Tender and Qualification
Information, a preliminary description of the proposed work method
and schedule, including drawings and charts, as necessary.
(c) experience in works of a similar nature and size for each of the
last five years, and details of work under way or contractually
committed; and names and addresses of clients who may be
contacted for further information on these contracts;
4
(d) major items of construction equipment proposed to carry out
the Contract and an undertaking that they will be available for
the Contract.
(a) the tender shall include all the information listed in clause 1.5
above for each joint venture partner;
(c) all partners shall be jointly and severally liable for the execution
of the Contract in accordance with the Contract terms;
1.7 To qualify for award of the Contract, tenderers shall meet the
following minimum qualifying criteria;
5
(b) experience as main contractor in the construction of at least two
works of a nature and complexity equivalent to the Works over the
last 10 years (to comply with this requirement, works cited should
be at least 70 percent complete);
(c) proposals for the timely acquisition (own, lease, hire, etc.) of the
essential equipment listed as required for the Works;
1.8 The figures for each of the partners of a joint venture shall be added
together to determine the tenderer’s compliance with the minimum
qualifying criteria of clause 1.7 (a) and (e); however, for a joint venture
to qualify, each of its partners must meet at least 25 percent of
minimum criteria 1.7 (a), (b) and (e) for an individual tenderer, and
the partner in charge at least 40 percent of those minimum criteria.
Failure to comply with this requirement will result in rejection of the
joint venture’s tender. Subcontractors’ experience and resources will
not be taken into account in determining the tenderer’s compliance
with the qualifying criteria, unless otherwise stated.
1.9 Each tenderer shall submit only one tender, either individually or as a
partner in a joint venture. A tenderer who submits or participates in
more than one tender (other than as a subcontractor or in cases of
alternatives that have been permitted or requested) will cause all the
proposals with the tenderer’s participation to be disqualified.
1.10 The tenderer shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and
submission of his tender, and the Employer will in no case be
responsible or liable for those costs.
6
1.13 The price to be charged for purchasing of the tender document shall
be Kshs.1,000/=. The bid document may also be downloaded FREE
OF CHARGE from:
The university website www.must.ac.ke or,
Kenya Government tenders portal:http//www.supplier.treasury.go.ke
or,
Downloads from http//supplier.
1.14 The procuring entity shall allow the tenderer to review the tender
document free of charge before purchase.
2. Tender Documents.
2.1 The complete set of tender documents comprises the documents listed
below and any addenda issued in accordance with Clause 2.4.
2.2 The tenderer shall examine all Instructions, Forms to be filled and
Specifications in the tender documents. Failure to furnish all
information required by the tender documents, or submission of a
tender not substantially responsive to the tendering documents in
every respect will be at the tenderer’s risk and may result in rejection
of his tender.
2.4 Before the deadline for submission of tenders, the Employer may
modify the tendering documents by issuing addenda. Any addendum
thus issued shall be part of the tendering documents and shall be
communicated in writing or by cable, telex or facsimile to all
tenderers. Prospective tenderers shall acknowledge receipt of each
addendum in writing to the Employer.
2.5 To give prospective tenderers reasonable time in which to take an
addendum into account in preparing their tenders, the Employer shall
7
extend, as necessary, the deadline for submission of tenders, in
accordance with Clause 4.2 here below.
3. Preparation of Tenders
3.1 All documents relating to the tender and any correspondence shall be
in English language.
3.2 The tender submitted by the tenderer shall comprise the following:
3.3 The tenderer shall fill in rates and prices for all items of the Works
described in the Bill of Quantities. Items for which no rate or price is
entered by the tenderer will not be paid for when executed and shall
be deemed covered by the other rates and prices in the Bill of
Quantities. All duties, taxes, and other levies payable by the
Contractor under the Contract, or for any other cause relevant to the
Contract, as of 30 days prior to the deadline for submission of
tenders, shall be included in the tender price submitted by the
tenderer.
3.4 The rates and prices quoted by the tenderer shall only be subject to
adjustment during the performance of the Contract if provided for in
the Appendix to Conditions of Contract and provisions made in the
Conditions of Contract.
3.6 Tenders shall remain valid for a period of one hundred and twenty
(120) days from the date of submission. However in exceptional
circumstances, the Employer may request that the tenderers extend
the period of validity for a specified additional period. The request
8
and the tenderers’ responses shall be made in writing. A tenderer
may refuse the request without forfeiting the Tender Security. A
tenderer agreeing to the request will not be required or permitted to
otherwise modify the tender, but will be required to extend the validity
of Tender Security for the period of the extension, and in compliance
with Clause 3.7 - 3.11 in all respects.
3.7 The tenderer shall furnish, as part of the tender, a Tender Security in
the amount and form specified in the appendix to instructions to
tenderers. This shall be in the amount not exceeding 2 percent of the
tender price
3.8 The format of the Tender Security should be in accordance with the
form of Tender Security included in Section VIII - Standard forms or
any other form acceptable to the Employer. Tender Security shall be
valid for 30 days beyond the validity of the tender.
(a) if the tenderer withdraws the tender after tender opening during
the period of tender validity;
(b) if the tenderer does not accept the correction of the tender
price, pursuant to Clause 5.7;
3.13 Tenderers shall submit offers that comply with the requirements of
the tendering documents, including the basic technical design as
indicated in the Drawings and Specifications. Alternatives will not be
considered, unless specifically allowed in the invitation to tender. If
9
so allowed, tenderers wishing to offer technical alternatives to the
requirements of the tendering documents must also submit a tender
that complies with the requirements of the tendering documents,
including the basic technical design as indicated in the Drawings and
Specifications. In addition to submitting the basic tender, the
tenderer shall provide all information necessary for a complete
evaluation of the alternative, including design calculations, technical
specifications, breakdown of prices, proposed construction methods
and other relevant details. Only the technical alternatives, if any, of
the lowest evaluated tender conforming to the basic technical
requirements shall be considered.
3.14 The tenderer shall prepare one original of the documents comprising
the tender documents as described in Clause 3.2 of these Instructions
to Tenderers, bound with the volume containing the Form of Tender,
and clearly marked “ORIGINAL”. In addition, the tenderer shall
submit copies of the tender, in the number specified in the invitation
to tender, and clearly marked as “COPIES”. In the event of
discrepancy between them, the original shall prevail.
3.15 The original and all copies of the tender shall be typed or written in
indelible ink and shall be signed by a person or persons duly
authorised to sign on behalf of the tenderer, pursuant to Clause 1.5
(a) or 1.6 (b), as the case may be. All pages of the tender where
alterations or additions have been made shall be initialled by the
person or persons signing the tender.
3.17 The procuring entity shall reply to any clarifications sought by the
tenderer within 3 days of receiving the request to enable the tenderer
to make timely submission of its tender.
3.18 The tender security shall be in the amount of 0.5 – 2 per cent of the
tender price. (See appendix to Instructions to tenderers)
4. Submission of Tenders
4.1 The tenderer shall seal the original and all copies of the tender in two
inner envelopes and one outer envelope, duly marking the inner
envelopes as “ORIGINAL” and “COPIES” as appropriate. The inner
and outer envelopes shall:
10
(c) provide a warning not to open before the specified time and date
for tender opening.
4.3 Any tender received after the deadline prescribed in clause 4.2 will be
returned to the tenderer un-opened.
4.6 Tenderers may only offer discounts to, or otherwise modify the prices
of their tenders by submitting tender modifications in accordance with
Clause 4.4 or be included in the original tender submission.
5.2 The tenderers’ names, the tender prices, the total amount of each
tender and of any alternative tender (if alternatives have been
requested or permitted), any discounts, tender modifications and
withdrawals, the presence or absence of Tender Security, and such
other details as may be considered appropriate, will be announced by
the Employer at the opening. Minutes of the tender opening,
11
including the information disclosed to those present will be prepared
by the Employer.
5.7 Tender figure as announced at the tender opening shall not be subject
to any arithmetic error correction as per section 82 of the Public
Procurement and Disposal Act 2015.
12
5.8 The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any variation,
deviation, or alternative offer. Variations, deviations, and alternative
offers and other factors which are in excess of the requirements of the
tender documents or otherwise result in unsolicited benefits for the
Employer will not be taken into account in tender evaluation.
5.9 The tenderer shall not influence the Employer on any matter relating
to his tender from the time of the tender opening to the time the
Contract is awarded. Any effort by the Tenderer to influence the
Employer or his employees in his decision on tender evaluation,
tender comparison or Contract award may result in the rejection of
the tender.
13
6. Award of Contract
6.1 Subject to Clause 6.2, the award of the Contract will be made to the
tenderer whose tender has been determined to be substantially
responsive to the tendering documents and who has offered the lowest
evaluated tender price, provided that such tenderer has been
determined to be (a) eligible in accordance with the provision of
Clauses 1.2, and (b) qualified in accordance with the provisions of
clause 1.7 and 1.8.
6.2 Notwithstanding clause 6.1 above, the Employer reserves the right to
accept or reject any tender, and to cancel the tendering process and
reject all tenders, at any time prior to the award of Contract, without
thereby incurring any liability to the affected tenderer or tenderers or
any obligation to inform the affected tenderer or tenderers of the
grounds for the action.
6.3 The tenderer whose tender has been accepted will be notified of the
award prior to expiration of the tender validity period in writing or by
cable, telex or facsimile. This notification (hereinafter and in all
Contract documents called the “Letter of Acceptance”) will state the
sum (hereinafter and in all Contract documents called the “Contract
Price”)that the Employer will pay the Contractor in consideration of
the execution, completion, and maintenance of the Works by the
Contractor as prescribed by the Contract. At the same time the other
tenderers shall be informed that their tenders have not been
successful.
6.4 The Agreement will incorporate all agreements between the Employer
and the successful tenderer. Within 14 days of receipt the successful
tenderer will sign the Agreement and return it to the Employer.
6.5 Within 21 days after receipt of the Letter of Acceptance, the successful
tenderer shall deliver to the Employer a Performance Security in the
amount stipulated in the Appendix to Conditions of Contract and in
the form stipulated in the Tender documents. The Performance
Security shall be in the amount and specified form
14
6.7 Upon the furnishing by the successful tenderer of the Performance
Security, the Employer will promptly notify the other tenderers that
their tenders have been unsuccessful.
6.9 The tender evaluation committee shall evaluate the tender within 30
days of the validity period from the date of opening the tender.
6.10 The parties to the contract shall have it signed within 30 days from
the date of notification of contract award unless there is an
administrative review request.
6.11 Contract price variations shall not be allowed for contracts not
exceeding one year (12 months) (See appendix)
6.12 Where contract price variation is allowed, the valuation shall not
exceed 15% of the original contract price.
6.15 The procuring entity shall give prompt notice of the termination to the
tenderers and on request give its reasons for termination within 14
days of receiving the request from any tenderer.
6.16 A tenderer who gives false information in the tender document about
its qualification or who refuses to enter into a contract after
notification of contract award shall be considered for debarment from
participating in future public procurement.
7.1 The procuring entity requires that tenderers observe the highest
standards of ethics during procurement process and execution of
contracts. A tenderer shall sign a declaration that he has not and will
not be involved in corrupt and fraudulent practices.
15
SECTION III: APPENDIX TO INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
The following information regarding the particulars of the tender shall complement,
supplement or amend the provisions of the instructions to tenderers. Wherever there
is a conflict between the provision of the instructions to tenderers and the provisions
of the appendix, the provisions of the appendix herein shall prevail over those of the
instructions to tenderers
2 Name of Project is
3 Tender number:
Meru.
16
13 Tenderers shall meet all the minimum qualification requirements as
set below in the evaluation criteria
14 The price shall be fixed and shall remain as indicated in the form of
tender. The tender figure read out at tender opening shall NOT be
changed under whatever circumstances.
15 The currency in which the prices shall be quoted shall be: Kenyan
Shillings
Meru.
20 The Tender opening shall take place at: as per letter of invitation to
tender
17
SECTION IV: CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Table of Contents
1 Definitions ………………………………………………… 20-22
2 Interpretation……………………………………………… 22-23
3 Language and Law ………………………………………… 23
4 Project Manager’s Decisions……………………………… 23
5 Delegation………………………………………………… 23
6 Communications ………………………………………… 23
7 Sub-Contracting ………………………………………… 23
8 Other Contractors ……………………………………… 23
9 Personnel ………………………………………………… 24
10 Works……………………………………………………… 24
11 Safety and temporary works ……………………………… 24
12 Discoveries ………………………………………………… 24
13 Work Programme ………………………………………… 25
14 Possession of site ………………………………………… 25
15 Access to site …………………………………………… 25
16 Instructions ……………………………………………… 25
17 Extension or Acceleration of completion date ………… 25-26
18 Management Meetings ………………………………… 26
19 Early Warning …………………………………………… 26
20 Defects …………………………………………………… 26-27
21 Bills of Quantities ………………………………………… 27
22 Variations ………………………………………………… 27-28
23 Payment certificates, currency of payments and
Advance Payments ……………………………………… 28-30
24 Compensation events …………………………………… 30-32
25 Price Adjustment ………………………………………… 32-33
26 Retention ………………………………………………… 33
27 Liquidated Damages……………………………………… 34
28 Securities ………………………………………………… 34
29 Day Works ……………………………………………… 34
18
30 Liability and Insurance …………………………………… 34-36
31 Completion and taking over ……………………………… 36
32 Final Account …………………………………………… 36
33 Termination ……………………………………………… 36-37
34 Payment upon termination ………………………………… 37-38
35 Release from performance ………………………………… 38
36 Corrupt gifts and payments of commission ………………38-39
37 Settlement of Disputes ……………………………………… 39-40
19
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1. Definitions
20
“Employer”, or the “Procuring entity” as defined in the Public
Procurement Regulations (i.e. Central or Local Government
administration, Universities, Public Institutions and Corporations,
etc) is the party who employs the Contractor to carry out the Works.
“Start Date” is the latest date when the Contractor shall commence
execution of the Works. It does not necessarily coincide with the Site
possession date(s).
21
“Temporary works” are works designed, constructed, installed, and
removed by the Contractor which are needed for construction or
installation of the Works.
“The Works” are what the Contract requires the Contractor to construct,
install, and turnover to the Employer, as defined in the Appendix to
Conditions of Contract.
2. Interpretation
2.3 The following documents shall constitute the Contract documents and
shall be interpreted in the following order of priority;
(1) Agreement,
(6) Specifications,
(7) Drawings,
22
each of all the Contract documents. Further, as and when necessary
the Project Manager shall furnish the Contractor [always with a copy
to the Employer] with three [3] copies of such further drawings or
details or descriptive schedules as are reasonably necessary either
to explain or amplify the Contract drawings or to enable the
Contractor to carry out and complete the Works in accordance with
these Conditions.
3.1 Language of the Contract and the law governing the Contract shall be
English language and the Laws of Kenya respectively unless
otherwise stated.
4.1 Except where otherwise specifically stated, the Project Manager will
decide contractual matters between the Employer and the Contractor
in the role representing the Employer.
5 Delegation
5.1 The Project Manager may delegate any of his duties and
responsibilities to others after notifying the Contractor.
6 Communications
7 Subcontracting
7.1 The Contractor may subcontract with the approval of the Project
Manager, but may not assign the Contract without the approval of the
Employer in writing. Subcontracting shall not alter the Contractor’s
obligations.
8 Other Contractors
8.1 The Contractor shall cooperate and share the Site with other
contractors, public authorities, utilities etc. as listed in the Appendix
to Conditions of Contract and also with the Employer, as per the
directions of the Project Manager. The Contractor shall also provide
facilities and services for them. The Employer may modify the said
List of Other Contractors etc., and shall notify the Contractor of any
such modification.
23
9 Personnel
9.1 The Contractor shall employ the key personnel named in the
Qualification Information, to carry out the functions stated in the said
Information or other personnel approved by the Project Manager. The
Project Manager will approve any proposed replacement of key
personnel only if their relevant qualifications and abilities are
substantially equal to or better than those of the personnel listed in
the Qualification Information. If the Project Manager asks the
Contractor to remove a person who is a member of the Contractor’s
staff or work force, stating the reasons, the Contractor shall ensure
that the person leaves the Site within seven days and has no further
connection with the Work in the Contract.
10 Works
10.1 The Contractor shall construct and install the Works in accordance
with the Specifications and Drawings. The Works may commence on
the Start Date and shall be carried out in accordance with the
Program submitted by the Contractor, as updated with the approval of
the Project Manager, and complete them by the Intended Completion
Date.
11.2 The Project Manager’s approval shall not alter the Contractor’s
responsibility for design of the Temporary works and all drawings
prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the temporary or
permanent Works, shall be subject to prior approval by the Project
Manager before they can be used.
11.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all activities on
the Site.
12. Discoveries
24
13. Work Program
13.1 Within the time stated in the Appendix to Conditions of Contract, the
Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager for approval a
program showing the general methods, arrangements, order, and
timing for all the activities in the Works. An update of the program
shall be a program showing the actual progress achieved on each
activity and the effect of the progress achieved on the timing of the
remaining Work, including any changes to the sequence of the
activities.
14.1 The Employer shall give possession of all parts of the Site to the
Contractor. If possession of a part is not given by the date stated in
the Appendix to Conditions of Contract, the Employer will be deemed
to have delayed the start of the relevant activities, and this will be a
Compensation Event.
15.1 The Contractor shall allow the Project Manager and any other person
authorised by the Project Manager, access to the Site and to any place
where work in connection with the Contract is being carried out or is
intended to be carried out.
16. Instructions
16.1 The Contractor shall carry out all instructions of the Project Manager
which are in accordance with the Contract.
17.1 The Project Manager shall extend the Intended Completion Date if a
Compensation Event occurs or a variation is issued which makes it
impossible for completion to be achieved by the Intended Completion
Date without the Contractor taking steps to accelerate the remaining
25
Work, which would cause the Contractor to incur additional cost. The
Project Manager shall decide whether and by how much to extend the
Intended Completion Date within 21 days of the Contractor asking the
Project Manager in writing for a decision upon the effect of a
Compensation Event or variation and submitting full supporting
information. If the Contractor has failed to give early warning of a
delay or has failed to cooperate in dealing with a delay, the delay
caused by such failure shall not be considered in assessing the new
(extended) Completion Date.
17.2 No bonus for early completion of the Works shall be paid to the
Contractor by the Employer.
19.1 The Contractor shall warn the Project Manager at the earliest
opportunity of specific likely future events or circumstances that may
adversely affect the quality of the Work increase the Contract Price or
delay the execution of the Works. The Project Manager may require
the Contractor to provide an estimate of the expected effect of the
future event or circumstance on the Contract Price and Completion
Date. The estimate shall be provided by the Contractor as soon as
reasonably possible.
19.2 The Contractor shall cooperate with the Project Manager in making
and considering proposals on how the effect of such an event or
circumstance can be avoided or reduced by anyone involved in the
Work and in carrying out any resulting instructions of the Project
Manager.
20. Defects
20.1 The Project Manager shall inspect the Contractor’s work and notify
the Contractor of any defects that are found. Such inspection shall
not affect the Contractor’s responsibilities. The Project Manager may
instruct the Contractor to search for a defect and to uncover and test
26
any Work that the Project Manager considers may have a defect.
Should the defect be found, the cost of uncovering and making good
shall be borne by the Contractor, However, if there is no defect found,
the cost of uncovering and making good shall be treated as a variation
and added to the Contract Price.
20.2 The Project Manager shall give notice to the Contractor of any defects
before the end of the Defects Liability Period, which begins at
Completion, and is defined in the Appendix to Conditions of Contract.
The Defects Liability Period shall be extended for as long as defects
remain to be corrected.
20.3 Every time notice of a defect is given, the Contractor shall correct the
notified defect within the length of time specified by the Project
Manager’s notice. If the Contractor has not corrected a defect within
the time specified in the Project Manager’s notice, the Project Manager
will assess the cost of having the defect corrected by other parties and
such cost shall be treated as a variation and be deducted from the
Contract Price.
21.1 The Bills of Quantities shall contain items for the construction,
installation, testing and commissioning of the Work to be done by the
Contractor. The Contractor will be paid for the quantity of the Work
done at the rate in the Bills of Quantities for each item.
21.2 If the final quantity of the Work done differs from the quantity in the
Bills of Quantities for the particular item by more than 25 percent
and provided the change exceeds 1 percent of the Initial Contract
price, the Project Manager shall adjust the rate to allow for the
change.
21.3 If requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall provide the
Project Manager with a detailed cost breakdown of any rate in the
Bills of Quantities.
22. Variations
22.2 The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a quotation for
carrying out the variations when requested to do so. The Project
Manager shall assess the quotation, which shall be given within seven
days of the request or within any longer period as may be stated by
the Project Manager and before the Variation is ordered.
27
22.3 If the work in the variation corresponds with an item description in
the Bills of Quantities and if in the opinion of the Project Manager, the
quantity of work is not above the limit stated in Clause 21.2 or the
timing of its execution does not cause the cost per unit of quantity to
change, the rate in the Bills of Quantities shall be used to calculate
the value of the variation. If the cost per unit of quantity changes, or
if the nature or timing of the work in the variation does not
correspond with items in the Bills of Quantities, the quotation by the
Contractor shall be in the form of new rates for the relevant items of
Work.
22.5 If the Project Manager decides that the urgency of varying the Work
would prevent a quotation being given and considered without
delaying the Work, no quotation shall be given and the variation shall
be treated as a Compensation Event.
22.6 The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment for costs
that could have been avoided by giving early warning.
22.7 When the Program is updated, the Contractor shall provide the Project
Manager with an updated cash flow forecast.
23.2 The value of Work executed shall comprise the value of the quantities
of the items in the Bills of Quantities completed, materials delivered
on Site, variations and compensation events. Such materials shall
become the property of the Employer once the Employer has paid the
Contractor for their value. Thereafter, they shall not be removed from
Site without the Project Manager’s instructions except for use upon
the Works.
28
shall be calculated on the basis of number of days delayed at a rate
three percentage points above the Central Bank of Kenya’s average
rate for base lending prevailing as of the first day the payment
becomes overdue.
23.5 Items of the Works for which no rate or price has been entered in will
not be paid for by the Employer and shall be deemed covered by other
rates and prices in the Contract.
23.6 The Contract Price shall be stated in Kenya Shillings. All payments to
the Contractor shall be made in Kenya Shillings and foreign currency
in the proportion indicated in the tender, or agreed prior to the
execution of the Contract Agreement and indicated therein. The rate
of exchange for the calculation of the amount of foreign currency
payment shall be the rate of exchange indicated in the Appendix to
Conditions of Contract. If the Contractor indicated foreign currencies
for payment other than the currencies of the countries of origin of
related goods and services the Employer reserves the right to pay the
equivalent at the time of payment in the currencies of the countries of
such goods and services. The Employer and the Project Manager
shall be notified promptly by the Contractor of an changes in the
expected foreign currency requirements of the Contractor during the
execution of the Works as indicated in the Schedule of Foreign
Currency Requirements and the foreign and local currency portions of
the balance of the Contract Price shall then be amended by agreement
between Employer and the Contractor in order to reflect appropriately
such changes.
23.7 In the event that an advance payment is granted, the following shall
apply:-
29
c) Reimbursement of the lump sum advance shall be made by
deductions from the Interim payments and where applicable
from the balance owing to the Contractor. Reimbursement
shall begin when the amount of the sums due under the
Contract reaches 20% of the original amount of the Contract. It
shall have been completed by the time 80% of this amount is
reached.
R = A(x1 – x11)
80 – 20
Where:
(a) The Employer does not give access to a part of the Site by the
Site Possession Date stated in the Appendix to Conditions of
Contract.
(c) The Project Manager orders a delay or does not issue drawings,
specifications or instructions required for execution of the
Works on time.
30
(e) The Project Manager unreasonably does not approve a
subcontract to be let.
24.5 Prices shall be adjusted for fluctuations in the cost of inputs only if
provided for in the Appendix to Conditions of Contract.
31
24.6 The Contractor shall give written notice to the Project Manager of his
intention to make a claim within thirty days after the event giving rise
to the claim has first arisen. The claim shall be submitted within
thirty days thereafter.
Provided always that should the event giving rise to the claim of
continuing effect, the Contractor shall submit an interim claim within
the said thirty days and a final claim within thirty days of the end of
the event giving rise to the claim.
25.1 The Project Manager shall adjust the Contract Price if taxes, duties
and other levies are changed between the date 30 days before the
submission of tenders for the Contract and the date of Completion.
The adjustment shall be the change in the amount of tax payable by
the Contractor.
25.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, the Contract Price shall be
deemed to have been calculated in the manner set out below and in
sub-clauses 25.4 and 25.5 and shall be subject to adjustment in the
events specified thereunder;
(ii) Upon J.B.C. determining that any of the said rates of wages or
other emoluments and expenses are increased or decreased,
then the Contract Price shall be increased or decreased by the
amount assessed by the Project Manager based upon the
difference, expressed as a percentage, between the rate set out
in the schedule of basic rates issued 30 days before the date for
submission of tenders and the rate published by the J.B.C. and
32
applied to the quantum of labour incorporated within the
amount of Work remaining to be executed at the date of
publication of such increase or decrease.
25.5 Upon the J.B.C. determining that any of the said basic prices are
increased or decreased then the Contract Price shall be increased or
decreased by the amount to be assessed by the Project Manager based
upon the difference between the price set out in the schedule of basic
rates issued 30 days before the date for submission of tenders and the
rate published by the J.B.C. and applied to the quantum of the
relevant materials which have not been taken into account in arriving
at the amount of any interim certificate under clause 23 of these
Conditions issued before the date of publication of such increase or
decrease.
25.7 The provisions of sub-clause 25.1 to 25.2 herein shall not apply in
respect of any materials included in the schedule of basic rates.
26. Retention
26.1 The Employer shall retain from each payment due to the Contractor
the proportion stated in the Appendix to Conditions of Contract until
Completion of the whole of the Works. On Completion of the whole of
the Works, half the total amount retained shall be repaid to the
Contractor and the remaining half when the Defects Liability Period
has passed and the Project Manager has certified that all defects
notified to the Contractor before the end of this period have been
corrected.
33
27. Liquidated Damages
27.1 The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the Employer at the
rate stated in the Appendix to Conditions of Contract for each day
that the actual Completion Date is later than the Intended Completion
Date. The Employer may deduct liquidated damages from payments
due to the Contractor. Payment of liquidated damages shall not alter
the Contractor’s liabilities.
28. Securities
29. Dayworks
29.3 The Contractor shall be paid for Dayworks subject to obtaining signed
Dayworks forms.
30.1 From the Start Date until the Defects Correction Certificate has been
issued, the following are the Employer’s risks:
34
(i) use or occupation of the Site by the Works or for the
purpose of the Works, which is the unavoidable result of
the Works, or
30.2 From the Completion Date until the Defects Correction Certificate has
been issued, the risk of loss of or damage to the Works, Plant, and
Materials is the Employer’s risk except loss or damage due to;
(b) an event occurring before the Completion Date, which was not
itself the Employer’s risk
(c) the activities of the Contractor on the Site after the Completion
Date.
30.3 From the Start Date until the Defects Correction Certificate has been
issued, the risks of personal injury, death and loss of or damage to
property (including, without limitation, the Works, Plant, Materials,
and Equipment) which are not Employer’s risk are Contractor’s risks.
The Contractor shall provide, in the joint names of the Employer and
the Contractor, insurance cover from the Start Date to the end of the
Defects Liability Period, in the amounts stated in the Appendix to
Conditions of Contract for the following events;
(a) loss of or damage to the Works, Plant, and Materials;
(b) loss of or damage to Equipment;
(c) loss of or damage to property (except the Works, Plant,
Materials, and Equipment) in connection with the Contract, and
(d) Personal injury or death.
30.5 If the Contractor does not provide any of the policies and certificates
required, the Employer may affect the insurance which the Contractor
should have provided and recover the premiums from payments
35
otherwise due to the Contractor or, if no payment is due, the payment
of the premiums shall be a debt due.
30.6 Alterations to the terms of insurance shall not be made without the
approval of the Project Manager. Both parties shall comply with any
conditions of insurance policies.
31.1 Upon deciding that the Works are complete, the Contractor shall issue
a written request to the Project Manager to issue a Certificate of
Completion of the Works. The Employer shall take over the Site and
the Works within seven [7] days of the Project Manager’s issuing a
Certificate of Completion.
32.1 The Contractor shall issue the Project Manager with a detailed
account of the total amount that the Contractor considers payable to
him by the Employer under the Contract before the end of the Defects
Liability Period. The Project Manager shall issue a Defects Liability
Certificate and certify any final payment that is due to the Contractor
within 30 days of receiving the Contractor’s account if it is correct and
complete. If it is not, the Project Manager shall issue within 30 days a
schedule that states the scope of the corrections or additions that are
necessary. If the final account is still unsatisfactory after it has been
resubmitted, the Project Manager shall decide on the amount payable
to the Contractor and issue a Payment Certificate. The Employer
shall pay the Contractor the amount due in the Final Certificate
within 60 days.
33. Termination
33.1 The Employer or the Contractor may terminate the Contract if the
other party causes a fundamental breach of the Contract. These
fundamental breaches of Contract shall include, but shall not be
limited to, the following;
36
(d) a payment certified by the Project Manager is not paid by the
Employer to the Contractor within 30 days (for Interim
Certificate) or 60 days (for Final Certificate)of issue.
33.2 When either party to the Contract gives notice of a breach of Contract
to the Project Manager for a cause other than those listed under
Clause 33.1 above, the Project Manager shall decide whether the
breach is fundamental or not.
33.3 Notwithstanding the above, the Employer may terminate the Contract
for convenience.
34.3 The Employer may employ and pay other persons to carry out and
complete the Works and to rectify any defects and may enter upon the
Works and use all materials on the Site, plant, equipment and
temporary works.
37
34.4 The Contractor shall, during the execution or after the completion of
the Works under this clause remove from the Site as and when
required, within such reasonable time as the Project Manager may in
writing specify, any temporary buildings, plant, machinery,
appliances, goods or materials belonging to or hired by him, and in
default the Employer may (without being responsible for any loss or
damage) remove and sell any such property of the Contractor, holding
the proceeds less all costs incurred to the credit of the Contractor.
Until after completion of the Works under this clause the Employer
shall not be bound by any other provision of this Contract to make
any payment to the Contractor, but upon such completion as
aforesaid and the verification within a reasonable time of the accounts
therefore the Project Manager shall certify the amount of expenses
properly incurred by the Employer and, if such amount added to the
money paid to the Contractor before such determination exceeds the
total amount which would have been payable on due completion in
accordance with this Contract the difference shall be a debt payable to
the Employer by the Contractor; and if the said amount added to the
said money be less than the said total amount, the difference shall be
a debt payable by the Employer to the Contractor.
(a) Offer or give or agree to give to any person in the service of the
Employer any gift or consideration of any kind as an inducement or
reward for doing or forbearing to do or for having done or forborne to
do any act in relation to the obtaining or execution of this or any other
Contract for the Employer or for showing or forbearing to show favour
or disfavour to any person in relation to this or any other contract for
the Employer.
(b) Enter into this or any other contract with the Employer in connection
with which commission has been paid or agreed to be paid by him or
on his behalf or to his knowledge, unless before the Contract is made
particulars of any such commission and of the terms and conditions
of any agreement for the payment thereof have been disclosed in
writing to the Employer.
38
Any breach of this Condition by the Contractor or by anyone
employed by him or acting on his behalf (whether with or without the
knowledge of the Contractor) shall be an offence under the provisions
of the Public Procurement Regulations issued under The Exchequer
and Audit Act Cap 412 of the Laws of Kenya.
37.1 In case any dispute or difference shall arise between the Employer or
the Project Manager on his behalf and the Contractor, either during
the progress or after the completion or termination of the Works, such
dispute shall be notified in writing by either party to the other with a
request to submit it to arbitration and to concur in the appointment
of an Arbitrator within thirty days of the notice. The dispute shall be
referred to the arbitration and final decision of a person to be agreed
between the parties. Failing agreement to concur in the appointment
of an Arbitrator, the Arbitrator shall be appointed by the Chairman or
Vice Chairman of any of the following professional institutions;
39
dispute or difference amicably with or without the assistance of third
parties. Proof of such attempt shall be required.
37.6 All other matters shall only be referred to arbitration after the
completion or alleged completion of the Works or termination or
alleged termination of the Contract, unless the Employer and the
Contractor agree otherwise in writing.
37.7 The Arbitrator shall, without prejudice to the generality of his powers,
have powers to direct such measurements, computations, tests or
valuations as may in his opinion be desirable in order to determine
the rights of the parties and assess and award any sums which ought
to have been the subject of or included in any certificate.
37.8 The Arbitrator shall, without prejudice to the generality of his powers,
have powers to open up, review and revise any certificate, opinion,
decision, requirement or notice and to determine all matters in
dispute which shall be submitted to him in the same manner as if no
such certificate, opinion, decision requirement or notice had been
given.
37.9 The award of such Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the
parties.
40
SECTION V – APPENDIX TO CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
THE EMPLOYER IS
Facsimile:
E-mail: [email protected]
Telephone: 0202722410
Facsimile:
E-mail:ottomruttu.com
The name (and identification number) of the Contract is PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU
UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY PN LR NO. 27425.
The Intended Completion Date for the whole of the Works shall be SUBJECTED TO
QUOTATION.THE BIDDER TO QUOTE FOR CONSTRUCTION PERIOD.
41
The Contractor shall submit a revised program for the Works within 7 days of delivery of the Letter
of Acceptance.
The Site Possession Date shall be AGREED WITH THE PROJECT MANAGER
The Defects Liability period is 180 days for Building Works and 352 days for Civil Works. NOTE:
All equipment to have a minimum of 1 (one) year warranty. The tenderer shall be agreeable to
undertake 3 (three) years maintenance period after expiry of warranty period and if called upon to do
so by the employer.
1. The minimum cover for insurance of the Works and of Plant and Materials in
respect of the Contractor’s faulty design is Kshs 2.00M
2. __________________________________________________________
3. __________________________________________________________
4. __________________________________________________________
The amount to be withheld for late submission of an updated Program is FULL CERTIFICATE
The proportion of payments retained is 10% percent. The limit of retention is 5% percent.
The Price Adjustment Clause SHALL NOT APPLY (shall/shall not) apply as per Joint Building
Council issued rates deviations (NO PRICE DEVIATIONS WHATSOEVER SHALL BE
ENTERTAINED)
The Liquidated and Ascertained Damages and ascertained for the whole of the Works is Kshs.
50,000.00 (Fifty thousand) (per calendar week)
42
The Performance Security shall be for the following minimum amounts equivalent as a percentage of
the Contract Price 10 percent (%) IN FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE OR PPOA APPROVED
INSURANCE COMPANY.
The rate of exchange for calculation of foreign currency payments is NOT APPLICABLE
The schedule of basic rates used in pricing by the Contractor is as attached [Contractor to attach].
PREPARATION OF TENDERS.
The tenderer shall submit ONE ORIGINAL and ONE COPY (HARD COPY ONLY) of the bid
document in accordance with clause 3.14 page 12 of the Instructions to tenderers.
SUBMISSION OF TENDERS.
The tenderer shall seal the original and copy of the tender in two inner envelopes and one outer
envelope, duly marking the inner envelopes as “ORIGINAL” and “COPY” as appropriate. The
inner and outer envelopes shall:
A. be addressed to the Employer at the address provided in the invitation to tender;
B. Provide a warning not to open before the specified time and date for tender
opening.
The tenderers’ names, the tender prices, the total amount of each tender and of any alternative tender
(if alternatives have been requested or permitted), any discounts, tender modifications and
withdrawals, the presence or absence of Tender Security, and such other details as may be
considered appropriate, will be announced by the Employer at the opening. Minutes of the tender
opening, including the information disclosed to those present will be prepared by the Employer.
43
EVALUATION AND ERROR CORRECTION
Tender figure as announced at the tender opening shall not be subject to any arithmetic error
correction as per section 82 of the Public Procurement and Disposal Act 2015.
COMPARISON OF RATES.
The evaluation committee will compare rates offered by different qualified bidders and note if there
is inconsistency of rates or front loading. The Evaluation Committee will make a judgment and
appropriate decision based on this comparison giving evidence for the decision made.
TENDER DOCUMENTS
The complete set of tender documents comprises the documents listed below and
any addenda issued in accordance with Clause 2.4.
EVALUATION OF TENDERS
Evaluation of tenders shall be carried out in accordance with the criteria that
shall be set out by Employer’s Evaluation Committee.
Preliminary Evaluation
44
3 Form of Tender duly completed, signed and stamped.
45
h) Flatbed trucks– 1No (Minimum)
Note:
Financial Evaluation
Only the tender that has all Mandatory Requirements will be considered for
Financial Evaluation.
46
SECTION VI – SPECIFICATIONS AND LIST OF DRAWINGS
The following drawings have been used for the Bills of Quantities. The
drawings have been annexed in appendix 01 & 02 after Grand Summary.
47
SECTION VII - BILL OF QUANTITIES
48
SECTION VIII – STANDARD FORM
49
FORM OF INVITATION FOR TENDERS
_______________________[date]
Dear Sirs:
Reference:______________________________________________[Contract Name]
We hereby invite you and other prequalified tenderers to submit a tender for the
execution and completion of the above Contract.
Yours faithfully,
50
FORM OF TENDER
TO: __________________________[Name of Employer) ____________[Date]
__________________________[Name of Contract]
Dear Sir,
6. Unless and until a formal Agreement is prepared and executed this tender together
with your written acceptance thereof, shall constitute a binding Contract between us.
7. We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any tender you may
receive.
Witness; Name______________________________________
Address_____________________________________
Signature___________________________________
Date_______________________________________
51
LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE
[letterhead paper of the Employer]
_______________________[date]
To: _______________________
[name of the Contractor]
_____________________
[address of the Contractor]
Dear Sir,
You are hereby instructed to proceed with the execution of the said Works in
accordance with the Contract documents.
Attachment: Agreement
52
FORM OF AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made the _________________ day of ________ 20 ______
between________________________________________________of[or whose registered
office is situated at]__________________________________________
(hereinafter called “the Employer”) of the one part AND
________________________________________________________of[or whose registered
office is situated at]_________________________________________
(hereinafter called “the Contractor”) of the other part.
1. In this Agreement, words and expressions shall have the same meanings as
are respectively assigned to them in the Conditions of Contract hereinafter
referred to.
2. The following documents shall be deemed to form and shall be read and
construed as part of this Agreement i.e.
(v) Specifications
(vi) Drawings
53
covenants with the Employer to execute and complete the Works and
remedy any defects therein in conformity in all respects with the provisions
of the Contract.
Address_____________________________________
Signature___________________________________
Address_____________________________________
Signature____________________________________
54
FORM OF TENDER SECURITY
WHEREAS ………………………………………..(hereinafter called “the Tenderer”) has
submitted his tender dated ………………………… for the construction of
………………………………………………………………………
…………………… (name of Contract)
1. If after tender opening the tenderer withdraws his tender during the period
of tender validity specified in the instructions to tenderers
Or
2. If the tenderer, having been notified of the acceptance of his tender by the
Employer during the period of tender validity:
This guarantee will remain in force up to and including thirty (30) days after
the period of tender validity, and any demand in respect thereof should
reach the Bank not later than the said date.
___________________________ ______________________________
[date[ [signature of the Bank]
___________________________ ______________________________
[witness] [seal]
55
PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE
To: _________________________(Name of Employer) ___________(Date)
__________________________(Address of Employer)
Dear Sir,
AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the
Contractor shall furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a recognised bank for the
sum specified therein as security for compliance with his obligations in
accordance with the Contract;
AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Contractor such a Bank Guarantee:
NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible to
you, on behalf of the Contractor, up to a total of Kshs. ________________ (amount of
Guarantee in figures) Kenya Shillings__________________________________________
(amount of Guarantee in words), and we undertake to pay you, upon your first
written demand and without civil or argument, any sum or sums within the limits
of Kenya Shillings _________________________ (amount of Guarantee in words) as
aforesaid without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your
demand for the sum specified therein.
We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the
Contractor before presenting us with the demand.
We further agree that no change, addition or other modification of the terms of the
Contract or of the Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract
documents which may be made between you and the Contractor shall in any way
release us from any liability under this Guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of
any change, addition, or modification.
This guarantee shall be valid until the date of issue of the Certificate of
Completion.
Address ________________________________________________
Date ______________________________________________________
56
BANK GUARANTEE FOR ADVANCE PAYMENT
Gentlemen,
No drawing may be made by you under this guarantee until we have received
notice in writing from you that an advance payment of the amount listed above
has been paid to the Contractor pursuant to the Contract.
This guarantee shall remain valid and in full effect from the date of the
advance payment under the Contract until
______________________________________________(name of Employer) receives full
payment of the same amount from the Contract.
Yours faithfully,
57
Signature and Seal __________________________________________________
Address ______________________________________________________________
Date _________________________________________________________________
Address: __________________________________________________
Signature: ________________________________________________
Date: _____________________________________________________
58
QUALIFICATION INFORMATION
1. Individual Tenderers or Individual Members of Joint Ventures
1.2 Total annual volume of construction work performed in the last five
years
Year Volume
Currency Value
1.4 Major items of Contractor’s Equipment proposed for carrying out the
Works. List all information requested below.
59
1.5 Qualifications and experience of key personnel proposed for
administration and execution of the Contract. Attach biographical
data.
(etc.)
1.6 Financial reports for the last five years: balance sheets, profit and
loss statements, auditor’s reports, etc. List below and attach copies.
_____________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
1.8 Name, address and telephone, telex and facsimile numbers of banks
that may provide reference if contacted by the Employer.
__________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
1.10 Proposed program (work method and schedule) for the whole of the
Works.
60
2 Joint Ventures
2.0 The information listed in 1.1 – 2.0 above shall be provided for each partner
of the joint venture.
2.1 The information required in 1.11 above shall be provided for the joint
venture.
2.2 Attach the power of attorney of the signatory(ies) of the tender authorizing
signature of the tender on behalf of the joint venture
2.3 Attach the Agreement among all partners of the joint venture ( and which is
legally binding on all partners), which shows that:
a) all partners shall be jointly and severally liable for the execution
of the Contract in accordance with the Contract terms;
61
TENDER QUESTIONNAIRE
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Telex of tenderer;
………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Details of tenderer’s nominated agent (if any) to receive tender notices. This
is essential if the tenderer does not have his registered address in Kenya
(name, address, telephone, telex);
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
_______________________
Signature of Tenderer
62
CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS QUESTIONNAIRE
You are requested to give the particulars indicated in Part 1 and either Part 2 (a),
2 (b) or whichever applies to your type of business.
You are advised that it is a serious offence to give false information on this Form.
Part 1 – General
Nature of Business…………………………………………………………………..
Branch…………………………………………………………………………………
63
Private or public……………………………………………………………
Nominal Kshs…………………………………………………………………
Issued Kshs……………………………………………………………………
1.
………………………………………………………………………………………
2.
………………………………………………………………………………………
3.
………………………………………………………………………………………
4.
………………………………………………………………………………………
64
STATEMENT OF FOREIGN CURRENCY REQUIREMENTS
(Figures)………………………… (Words)…………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
_____________________
(Signature of Tenderer)
65
DETAILS OF SUB-CONTRACTORS
If the Tenderer wishes to sublet any portions of the Works under any
heading, he must give below details of the sub-contractors he intends to
employ for each portion.
………………………………
………………………………
………………………………
………………………………
………………………………
………………………………
____________________ _______________________
[Signature of Tenderer) Date
66
LETTER OF NOTIFICATION OF AWARD
Tender Name
This is to notify that the contract/s stated below under the above mentioned
tender have been awarded to you.
3. You may contact the officer(s) whose particulars appear below on the
subject matter of this letter of notification of award.
(FULL PARTICULARS)
67
FORM RB 1
REPUBLIC OF KENYA
PUBLIC PROCUREMENT ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW BOARD
APPLICATION NO…………….OF……….….20……...
BETWEEN
…………………………………………….APPLICANT
AND
Request for review of the decision of the…………… (Name of the Procuring Entity) of ……………dated
the…day of ………….20……….in the matter of Tender No………..…of …………..20…
SIGNED
Board Secretary
68
BILL NO.02
SPECIFICATIONS AND TRADE
PREAMBLES
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
A. The General Specification as prepared by Quanti – Bill Consults Co. Ltd is issued to the Contractor with
the Bills of Quantities.
B. All items in the Bills of Quantities shall conform to the full Specification for similar items in the General
Specification.
C. Where the wording "as described" is included in the Bills of Quantities this wording shall be construed as
either an abbreviation of a detailed description for a similar item in the General Specification or as a reference
to the preambles.
D. Where detailed descriptions in the Bills of Quantities differ in any respect to similar descriptions in the
General Specifications, then such descriptions in the Bills of Quantities shall be deemed to take precedence.
E. These specifications are to be read, understood, observed and or acted upon by the tenderer as may be
necessary. Particular attention of the tenderer/contractor is drawn to the section on safety at the end of
part one of these general specifications. This is to be strictly observed.
PART ONE
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
A. MATERIAL GENERALLY
All materials used on the works shall be new and of the qualities and kinds specified herein and equal to
approved samples. Deliveries shall be made sufficiently in advance to enable samples to be taken and
tested if required. No materials shall be used until approved and all materials which are note approved or
which are damaged, contaminated or have deteriorated in any way or do not comply in any way with the
requirements of this specification shall be immediately removed from the site at the Contractor’s expense.
B. MATERIALS FOR WHICH THERE IS A KENYA BUREAU OF STANDARDS
SPECIFICATION
All materials used in the works for which a Kenya Bureau of Standard Specification has been published
shall conform with the latest edition thereof in every way. The Architect reserves the right to demand that
the Contractor shall obtain at his own expense a certificate in respect of any material to state that it is in
accordance with the Kenya Bureau of Standard Specifications.
C. MATERIALS FOR WHICH THERE IS NO KENYA BUREAU OF STANDARDS
SPECIFICATION
All materials used in the works for which no Kenya Bureau of Standard Specification has been published
shall conform with the British Standard Specifications for such material. If there are no published
T& SP/1
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
standard as specified for any materials, the quality of such materials shall be generally of a Standard equal
to those for which there is a Kenya Bureau of Standard or British Standard Specification.
D. ALTERNATIVES TO PROPRIETARY BRANDS
Where materials are specified by their proprietary names or where fittings are specified by catalogue
numbers, or descriptions, the contractor may offer material or fittings of alternative manufacture which are
of equal quality. Such alternatives must be approved before being used in the works and the Contractor
shall allow for this, but prior to tendering he may submit to the Architect for approval the names of any
suppliers or manufacturers whose products he intends to use, together with catalogue numbers and
descriptions and/or samples but the decision of the Architect will be final.
E. SAMPLES
The Contractor shall furnish for approval, with reasonable promptness all samples of material and
workmanship required by the Architect. The Architect shall check and approve such for conformance with
the design concept of the works and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents.
The work shall be in accordance with approved samples.
a) All material samples shall be delivered to the Architect’s Office with all charges in connection
therewith paid by the Contractor.
b) Duplicate final approved samples, in addition to any required for the Contractor’s use, shall be
furnished to the Architect, one for office use and one for the site.
c) Samples shall be furbished so as not to delay fabrication, allowing the Architect reasonable time for
consideration of the sample submitted.
d) Each sample shall be properly labelled with the name and quality of the material, Manufacturer’s
name, name of project, the Contractor’s name and the date of submission and the specification
number to which the sample refers.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
A. MEASUREMENT AND TESTING EQUIPMENT
The Contractor shall provide the following equipment for carrying out measuring and control tests on the
site and maintain in full working order:
a) Straight edges 2 metres and 4 metres long for testing the accuracy of the finished concrete.
b) A glass graduated cylinder for use in the silt test of organic impurities in the sand.
c) Slump test apparatus
d) 150 mm steel cube moulds with base plates and tamping rod to BS 1881.
e) Two 30 metre steel tapes
f) One dumpy or quickset level and staff.
g) Micrometer.
T& SP/2
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
B. SAFETY
The Contractor shall practice high safety standards in execution of the works and shall comply with: (a)
SHE laws that include but may not be limited to:
a) Work Injury Benefit Act (WIBA) 2007
b) Occupational Safety and Health Act 2007
c) Environmental Management & Coordination Act 1999 and its subsidiary legislations
i. The building code/building bylaws
ii. Any other laws, regulations or practices as may be required by the employer
PART TWO
DEMOLITIONS & ALTERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
DEMOLITIONS AND ALTERATIONS
A. DEMOLITIONS
Demolitions, taking out and cutting away shall be carefully performed and every precaution shall be taken to
ensure the safety of the work. If damage should occur in the carrying out the demolitions or alterations the
contractor shall reinstate and make good the same at his own expense.
B. PROTECTION
Supply, erect and maintain during the cutting of openings etc., all necessary protection to the existing
premises against damage by weather or other cases.
C. LAYING THE DUST
Allow for laying the dust as far as possible during the alteration by watering with a hose or other means
D. MAKING GOOD
All making good of blockwork, building up of opening etc., s h a l l be solid blockwork unless otherwise
described, in cement mortar
(1:4) properly cut, toothed and bonded and pinned up to existing work and pointed where necessary.
E. CREDIT FOR MATERIALS
Unless otherwise specified materials arising from the demolitions and alterations will become the property
of the contractor. If the Contractor wishes to allow a credit for any such materials the appropriate
allowance should be included in the credit column of the Bills of Quantities. In the event that the
Employer wishes to take possession of any such materials the contractor will only be entitled to receive
compensation to the amount of credit indicated.
F. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS
The following definitions explain and simplify the terms indicated in the description of the works.
Removal shall include:
Dismantling/pulling down/taking out/taking up/stripping etc., at the site of the works, getting from
the site of the works to the outside of building by whatever means is necessary and disposal.
T& SP/3
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Disposal shall include:
Handling on site to store or to pick up point for loading into skips or lorries transporting away from
site to yard, store or tip payment of all tip charges.
Making out shall include:
Infilling to voids, openings, gaps and the like and matching materials and construction to existing
T& SP/5
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Renew flashings and the like shall include:
The terms renew flashings and the like as applied to pitched or flat roofs includes any or all of the following
as may be applicable:
Strip existing flashings, soakers, gutters, ridge and hop covering
Renew all work previously removed in material or similar quality and substance
Re-wedge and repoint all new flashings
Remove debris.
Ease and adjust shall include:
The term and adjust as applied to doors, cupboards doors, casement sashes and the like includes:
Rehanging on existing hinges
Planing edges as necessary
Oiling locks and hinges and leaving in working order
Overhaul shall include:
The term overhaul applied to doors, cupboard doors, casement sashes and the like includes any or all of the
following operations as are necessary:
Cramp up loose tenon joints and wedge or re-wedge including glueing wedges
Piercing in any existing hinges or renewing hinges if required
Plane edges
Plane off protruding tenons
Refix ironmongery and locks or renew if required
Oil locks and hinges
Renew glass where cracked or broken
Renew putties where loose, missing or defective
Strip existing installation shall include:
The term strip existing installation in relation to electrical installation includes:
Disconnecting at mains and making safe
Disconnecting and taking out all existing conduit, wiring and fittings (except where conduit is to be
re-used)
Strip existing installations in relation to plumbing and engineering installations shall include:
Turning off incoming supplies
Disconnecting and taking out all existing appliances, fittings and pipework
Removing defunct pipeclips, fixing and the like.
Making good walls, floors, ceiling as required.
Removing debris.
T& SP/6
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
PART THREE
EXCAVATIONS & EARTHWORKS SPECIFICATIONS
EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORKS
A. CODES OF PRACTICE
The contractor shall comply with the following codes of practice:
Site Investigations C.P 2001
Earthworks C.P 2003
Foundations C.P 2004
Protection of building against water from the ground C.P 102
B. INSPECTION OF SITE
The contractor is deemed to have visited the site and to have ascertained the nature of the soil and sub-soils
to be excavated. No claim will be allowed on account of these being of a different nature from that for
which he had allowed in his prices.
C. PROCEDURE
The excavations and fillings shall be carried out in such a manner and order as the Architect may direct.
D. EXISTING TREES SHRUBS AND GRUBBING UP ROOTS
a) Directions
Cut down and remove shrubs and trees as directed. No shrubs, trees, plants etc., shall be removed except as
directed by the Architect and the contractor shall be held responsible for any damage caused by the building
operations to those shrubs, tree s etc., not so directed to be removed.
b) Grubbing up roots
Grubbing up roots etc. shall include the following and disposal shall be described under the foregoing clause:
Except where the area of grubbing is to be excavated, all resulting holes shall be filled up solid with
approved material compacted to the same relative density as the surrounding.
E. SITE CLEARANCE
All grass, vegetable matter etc., must be removed from or burned on site at the commencement of the
contract over areas as directed by the Architect.
T& SP/7
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
F. WHITE ANT-INSECTICIDE TREATMENT
The Contractor must destroy any white ant’s nests found within the perimeter of the buildings and within
a distance of 20 meters from the buildings externally and take out and destroy queen ants, impregnate holes
and tunnels with approved insecticides and back-fill with hard materials well rammed and consolidated.
G. EXCAVATION
i. The excavations are to be executed to the widths shown on the Drawings, and to the depth below
existing ground levels as directed by the Architect in order to obtain satisfactory foundations. If the
contractor excavates to any widths or depths greater than those shown on the drawings or as
instructed by the Architect he shall at his own expense fill in such widths or depths of
excavation beyond that instructed or shown with concrete to the satisfaction to the Architect.
ii. Level and ram bottoms of all excavations to receive concrete, form stepping if necessary or directed
to allow for sloping ground, and well water excavations before pouring concrete.
iii. The contractor shall report to the Architect when secure bottoms to the excavations have been
obtained. Any concrete of other work executed before the excavations have been inspected and
approved shall, if so directed, be removed and new work substituted after the excavations gave
been approved all at the contractor’s expense.
iv. Excavations made below required levels shall be filled with mass concrete (1:4:8) at the contractor’s
expense.
H. ROCK
(a) Definition
Rock is defined as any material met within the excavations which is of such size or position that it can only
be removed by means of wedges, compressed air plant, or other special plant and the Architects opinion shall
be final.
T& SP/8
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
K. HARDCORE FILLING
Hardcore for filling under floors etc., shall be good hard stone, ballast or quarry waste (not magadi or
similar soft stone) to t he approval of the Architect broken to pass not greater than a 150mm ring or to be
75% of the finished thickness of the layers b being compacted whichever is the lesser and graded to contain
sufficient smaller pieces to fill all voids so that it can be thoroughly compacted. The filling is to be laid in
layers each of a consolidated thickness not exceeding 225mm and well watered and compacted by hand of
mechanical tampers. The top surface of the hardcore shall be levelled or graded to falls as required and
blinded with a 75 mm layer of similar material finely crushed and well rolled and watered immediately
before concrete is laid.
L. FILLING OBTAINED FROM THE EXCAVATIONS
Filling obtained from surplus excavated materials is to be free from all weeds, roots, vegetable or other
unsuitable materials and is to be filled in layers each of not more than 225 mm finished thickness. Each
layer to be well watered and consolidated before the subsequent layer is filled in.
M. MATERIALS FOUND IN THE EXCAVATIONS
No sand, aggregate or other materials found in the excavations is to be used in the works without the
written permission of t he
Architect.
N. INSECTICIDE / ANTI-TERMITE TREATMENT
The top surface of all filling shall be treated with an approved chemical treatment, applied in accordance
with the manufacturers printed instructions. The approved specialist treatment shall include a ten year
guarantee against termites.
O. PROTECTION OF PIPES, CABLES ETC.
Before commencing works which include excavations or ground levelling by manual or mechanical
excavation the contractor shall at his expense ascertain in writing from the Post Office, K.P. & L. Co. Ltd.,
Engineer’s Department (water & sewers section) and all other public bodies, companies and persons who
may be affected, the positions and depths of their respective ducts, cables mains or pipes and appurtenances.
He shall thereupon search for and locate such services.
The contractor shall at his own expense effectually prop, protect, underpin, alter, divert, restore and
make good as may be necessary all pipes, cables or ducts, poles or wires and their appurtenance disturbed
or damaged during the progress of the works, or in consequence thereof.
Except that such services as required to be removed or altered by virtue of the layout of the permanent work
and not the manner in which the work is carried out, shall be so removed or altered at the expense of the
Employer. The contractor shall be liable for the cost of repairs to any services damaged as a result of
T& SP/9
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
carrying out the works and shall further be liable for any damage which may be shown during the period of
maintenance, to have arisen through the execution of these works.
The rates for excavation, including excavation in rock, must include for trimming, levelling and preparing
bottoms and all faces to receive concret e , etc., and for and extra excavation required for planking and
strutting. Prices shall include for excavating in any material encountered unless specifically otherwise
described, handling, etc., of extra bulk after excavating, or before consolidating, any extra excavation
required for formwork or planking and strutting, circular work, grubbing up any old drains, roots, etc., that
may be encountered, for trimming sides and levelling and ramming bottoms, forming stepping and
trimming excavation or filling of embankments and batters as required.
In his price for the item, keep excavations free from all water, the contractor shall allow and make provision
for keeping the whole of the work thoroughly drained and clear of water below the lowest level of any part
of them so long as may be required and if considered necessary by the Architect, continuously day and
night by petrol or hand pumps or other mechanical appliances, pipes, chutes, dams, manholes, sumps,
diversions or any other means necessary for the purpose. Water pumped from the trenches shall be allowed
to run down the road channels but shall be conveyed to the nearest surface water sewer, ditch or river
through troughs, chutes or pipes.
P. RATES OF DISPOSAL
Rates of disposal of excavated material are to include for the selection of spoil as it arises and for all double
handling and re- excavation from spoil heaps not specifically ordered by the Architect.
Q. POLYTHENE SHEETING
Polythene s h e e t i n g shall be 1000 gauge or as described obtained from an approved manufacturer.
Joints in sheeting shall be treble folded with 150 mm fold and taped at 300 mm intervals with 50 mm wide
black plastic adhesive tape as manufactured by sellotape limited. The sheeting shall not be laid loose with
sufficient wrinkles to permit shrinkage up to 15%.
R. GRASSED AREAS
Areas to be grassed shall be cleared of all debris and roots and dug up to a depth of 300 mm. Where
outcrops of rock or murram occur, these will be covered with suitable soil to a depth of 150 mm.
T& SP/10
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
PART FOUR
CONCRETE WORK SPECIFICATIONS
CONCRETE WORK GENERAL
A. AUTHORITATIVE STANDARDS AND CODES OF PRACTICE
The following authoritative standards are referred to hereinafter:
British Standard Specifications are published by the British Standards Institutions 2 Park Street London W.1,
England (Abbreviated in text to BS).
BS DATE TITLE
12:Pt.2 1971 Portland cement (ordinary and rapid hardening)
812 1975 Methods for sampling and testing of mineral aggregates, sand and fillers
882,1201 1973 Aggregate from natural sources for concrete (including granolithic)
1881 1970-71 Methods of testing concrete
1926 1962 Ready mixed concrete
2499 1973 Hot applied joint sealants for concrete pavements
3148 1959 Test for water for making concrete pavements
3921 1974 Clay bricks and blocks
4251 1974 Truck type concrete mixers
4449 1969 Hot rolled steel bars for the reinforcement of concrete
4461 1969 Cold worked steel bars for the reinforcement of concrete
4466 1969 Bending dimensions and scheduling of bars for the reinforcement of
concrete
4483 1969 Steel fabric for the reinforcement of concrete
American society for Testing and Materials Standard as published by the American Society for Testing and
Materials, 1916 Race
St., Philadelphia PA 19103, U.S.A (abbreviated in text to ASTM)
T& SP/11
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Should the Contractor wish to substitute any other authoritative standard or code of practice for any listed
above he should submit details of any such together with two complete copies to the Engineer for approval
with his Tender. Approval will only be given to the use of such standards where the Engineer considers the
proposed standard or code of practice will give a quality or finished work equal to or better than the
specified standard.
All insitu concrete shall be in accordance with CP 110 except where superseded by this Specification.
All precast concrete shall be in accordance with CP 116 except where superseded by this specification.
A. BENDING SCHEDULES
The Engineer will issue bar bending schedules in accordance with BS 4466. The Contractor should check
these against the drawings before any cutting bending or construction involving the schedule is started.
Any discrepancy should be reported to the Engineer immediately for his clarification. The contractor shall
be responsible for any delays or additional work caused solely by his failure to check the schedules.
B. APPROVALS
Well before construction commences the Contractor shall supply to the Engineer for his approval details of
his proposed layouts of concreting plant and on site workshop; details of formwork systems and the
construction devices, e.g., cranes, chutes, scaffolding, which he proposes to use for the structural work. The
information is to be sufficiently detailed to enable the Engineer to approve or otherwise.
The Contractor should note that further approvals are required by the Specification before construction
starts. The contractor is wholly responsible for obtaining these approvals and no claim for delays will be
entertained due to the contractor’s failure to obtain such approvals in adequate time.
T& SP/12
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
CONCRETE WORK SPECIFICATIONS
MATERIALS
C. CEMENT
Cement, unless otherwise specified, shall be ordinary Portland Cement complying with BS12. The
contractor shall obtain a manufacturer’s certificate of test in accordance with the appropriate standard for
each consignment of cement delivered to the site and shall immediately forward copies of the same to the
Engineer for his retention.
Notwithstanding the manufacturer’s certificate the Engineer may require that any cement delivered to the
site be sampled and tested. Any batch so tested which fails to comply with this specification will be
rejected.
All cement shall be delivered to the site in the original sealed bags of the manufacturer or in approved bulk
containers.
Cement, unless delivered in bulk, shall be stored in a weatherproof shed, the floor of which shall be raised
at least 150 mm above the ground to allow free air circulation. Cement delivered in bulk shall be stored in
a weatherproof silo. All cement shall at all times be protected from deterioration.
Each consignment of cement shall be kept separate, identified and used in order of delivery. No two types
of cement shall be used in combination.
Any cement which upon inspection is considered by the Engineer to have deteriorated in any way will be
rejected.
D. AGGREGATES OF CONCRETE
Aggregates for concrete shall, unless otherwise specified, be aggregates from natural sources complying
with BS 882. Additionally, the flakiness index when determined by the sieve method described in BS 812
shall not exceed 35 for any size of concrete aggregate. Fine aggregate within or finer than zone 4 of BS 882
shall not be used.
When tested for soundness in accordance with ASTM Test C 88 -73 the loss of weight after 5 cycles shall
not exceed 5 percent for any aggregate.
Aggregate which is potentially reactive when tested in accordance with ASTM Test C289-71 for the alkali
aggregate reaction shall not be used. The standard for acceptance being that test shall plot to the left of
the solid which is shown in figure 2 of the test standard.
T& SP/13
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Well before any concreting work, the Contractor shall forward to the Engineer for approval details of his
proposed source of supply of aggregate giving the aggregate group classification and typical physical
properties as required by BS 882.
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a certificate for his retention showing that all aggregate
regularly comply with the requirements of his Specification.
The Engineer may require that any aggregate be tested for soundness in accordance with ASTM Test C88 -
73 before giving approval to any proposed source of supply.
The Engineer may require that any a g g r e g a t e be tested for potential reactivity in accordance with
ASTM Test C289-71.
Notwithstanding any certificate of compliance, the Engineer may at any time require that any aggregate
delivered to the site be sampled and tested. Any aggregate so tested which fails to comply with this
specification will be rejected.
Coarse aggregate shall be delivered ready screened or screened on site separate nominal single sizes within
the limits given in BS 882.
Aggregates of different sizes of types shall be stored in different hoppers or different stockpiles or approved
well drained paved areas which shall be separated from each other.
Where cold worked high yield bars are to be used these shall be square twisted bars formed by a torsion
controlled process.
The contractor shall obtain a manufacturer’s certificate of test in accordance with the appropriate
standard for each steel batch relating to reinforcement delivered to site and shall immediately forward
copies of the same to the Engineer for his retention.
Where hot rolled high yield deformed bar are to be used the results of bond tests to ASTM 234-71, using
concrete of the same quality as that to be used in the works, shall be forwarded to the Engineer.
Notwithstanding the manufacturer’s certificate, the Engineer may require that any reinforcement delivered
to the site be sampled and tested. Any reinforcement so sampled and tested which fails to comply with this
specification will be rejected.
All reinforcement shall be stored in clean conditions in an orderly manner to the satisfaction of the
Engineer such that the batch to which each piece belongs can be readily identified.
G. STEEL FABRIC REINFORCEMENT
Steel fabric reinforcement shall be electrically cross welded steel mesh reinforcement complying with BS
4483 and of the size and weight specified and made of wire to B.S. 4482.
H. TYING WIRE
Tying wire for fixing reinforcement shall be either:
(a) No. 16 gauge soft annealed iron wire, or
(b) No. 18 gauge stainless steel wire.
I. SPACERS
Spacers block required for ensuring that the reinforcement is correctly positioned shall be as small as
possible consistent with their purpose, of a shape acceptance to the Engineer, and designed so that they will
not overturn when the concrete is placed. Unless otherwise approved they shall be made of concrete with
10 mm maximum aggregate size and mix proportions to produce the same strength as the adjacent concrete.
Wire shall be cast in the block for the purpose of typing it to the reinforcement. Spacer block of concrete
shall not be used until at least 7 days old.
J. ADMIXTURES
No admixtures or cements containing additives shall be used in concrete unless specified or approved by
the engineer. Such approval will not be given unless in the Engineer’s opinion specific benefit to the
density or quality of the concrete will result.
T& SP/15
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
K. WALL TIES
Wall Ties between concrete and adjoining block or block walling shall be “Abbey” slots and anchors as
supplied by Abbey Building supplies Ltd or similar approved.
L. JOINT FILLERS
Joint fillers unless otherwise stated shall be “flexcell” as manufactured by Expedited Ltd, or similar
approved and placed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
M. JOINT SEALANTS
Joint sealants shall be as described in the drawings and approved by the Engineer. Sealant shall be used
strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
N. HOLLOW CLAY POTS
Pots shall be burnt clay blocks conforming to BS 3921 or similar approved. They shall be true to shape and
free from cracks or distortion.
O. WATER STOPS
Water stops unless otherwise stated shall be. Sika water bar. As manufactured by Sika International or
similar approved and placed and jointed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
WORKMANSHIP
P. FIXING STEEL REINFORCEMENT
Reinforcement shall be bent accurately in accordance with BS 4466 to the shape and dimensions shown in
the schedules. All reinforcement shall be bent at temperatures in the range of 5 and 100 degrees centigrade.
Cold worked or any high yield bars shall not be straightened or bent again once having been bent. When
it is necessary to bend mild steel reinforcement already cast in the concrete the internal diameter of such
bends shall be not less than twice the diameter of the bar.
No welding of reinforcement shall be carried out without the approval of the Engineer. All reinforcement
shall at the time o f concreting be free from mud, oil mortar droppings, loose rust, paint grease, mill scale or
other deleterious still “blue” from the mill shall not be used.
All reinforcement shall be fixed in the position shown on the Drawings by the adequate use of spacers,
tying wires, chairs, stools etc., and shall be so maintained during the concreting operations.
Laps in reinforcement shall be where indicated on the Drawings or approved by the Engineer. Unless
otherwise indicated the minimum lap length for rod reinforcement shall be 40 diameters and for mesh
reinforcement two complete meshes.
T& SP/16
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
A steel fixer shall be in attendance at all times when concreting is in progress to correct any errors,
omissions or movement in the reinforcement.
In severe test conditions reinforcement shall be shaded from direct sunlight and hosed down with clean
water prior to concret ing to keep the reinforcement below 25 degrees centigrade (77 degrees Fahrenheit).
Q. FORMWORK
Formwork shall include all temporary or permanent forms required for forming the concrete, together with
all temporary construction required for their support.
All formwork shall be so constructed that there shall be no loss of material from the concrete. After
hardening the concrete shall be in the position and of the sample, dimensions, and surface finish described in
this specification or on the Drawings.
Where internal metal ties are permitted they or their removable parts shall be extracted without damage to
the concrete and t he remaining holes filled with mortar. No permanently embedded metal part shall have
less cover than that indicated for adjacent steel reinforcement.
When holes are to be provided in formwork for weep holes and the like they shall be neatly trimmed to fit
the pipe and caulked with the approved material to form a grout tight joint.
When concrete is to be deposited to a steeper slope than 15 degrees to the horizontal top forms shall be
used to enable the concrete to be properly compacted. The Engineer may require details and/or calculations
of any proposed formwork to be submitted for approval prior to work starting. Such approval if given shall
T& SP/17
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
not in any way relieve the contractor of his responsibilities for the safety or adequacy of such for its
purposes.
The inside surfaces of forms, except for permanent formwork, or unless agreed by the Engineer, shall be
coated with an approved material to prevent adhesion of the concrete. Such approved material shall be
applied strictly and shall not come into contact with reinforcement or other cast-in items.
Immediately before concreting all forms shall be thoroughly cleaned out. In the case of deep sections an
opening shall be left at the base to enable such cleaning to be adequately completed.
In the case of beams, slabs of like members the formwork shall be so arranged that the sides or edges may
be removed without disturbance to the soffit or propping system. The erection, easing and striking of
the formwork shall be done under the personal supervision of a competent foreman.
Formwork shall be struck at such a time and in such a manner as to cause no damage to the structure.
The contractor shall in form the Engineer before he intends to strike any formwork.
The time at which the formwork is struck shall be the contractor’s responsibility but the minimum periods
between the completion of any concreting bay and the removal of forms shall be as follows:
The periods given above are based on the removal of all props and formwork using ordinary portland
cement under average weather conditions or different cement may cause the above periods to be increased.
Should the contractor wish to make use of reduce d striking times then he must satisfy the engineer that the
strength of the concrete at such time and the structural system is adequate to withstand the dead and
imposed loads applied to it. Before making use of reduced striking times the Engineer’s agreement must be
obtained in writing.
Where the structure is of multi storey construction props with head trees and braces shall be provided to
distribute the imposed load below the floor being cast. This will normally be 2 storey height below the floor
being cast unless otherwise stated.
T& SP/18
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Where sawn formwork finish is specified or in all cases where no alternative finish is specified the surface
of the concrete shall be not worse than that obtained by the use of properly designed moulds of closed
jointed sawn boards. Small surface blemishes caused by entrapped air will be permitted but the surface
should be free of voids, honeycombs or other defects.
Where “fair faced” finish is specified the irregularities of the finish shall be no greater than those obtained
from the use of wrought thickened square edge boards arranged in a uniform pattern. The concrete
surface shall be smooth, free from fins, lippings, board mark s or other irregularities, and even with sharp
true arises. Only very minor blemishes or voids shall occur and there shall be no staining or discolouration.
The finish is intended to be left as struck and the only treatment generally permitted is light manual
abrasion with a carborundum stone to remove minor marks. Patchint of any description will not normally be
permitted.
Where a “fair faced” finish or other finish part from sawn formwork finish is specified the contractor
shall provide a sample panel at least
2.4mxl.2m in vertical surface area including a typical horizontal and vertical joint in the shuttering. The
sample panel shall be constructed using the system of shuttering and the construction techniques that the
contractor proposes for the actual works. The sample when approved will form the standard for the entire
works. All unsuccessful samples shall be removed from the site. Should any concrete in the works in the
opinion of the Engineer fail to match the standard sample in surface finish then the Engineer may for this
sole reason order the removal of all such substandard concrete which shall be replaced with acceptable
concrete all at the contractor’s expense.
When the striking of formwork would in the opinion of the Engineer cause damage to or prejudice the safety
of the structure the formwork shall be left in. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the necessity for leaving in
the formwork arises from the contractor’s method of working then the cost shall be borne by the contractor,
but if it is due to circumstances beyond his control then formwork shall be paid for at rates to be agreed.
Vertical construction joints shall be properly made to form a vertical grout tight joint. Where reinforcement
passes through the face of the joint the stopping off board shall be drilled so that the bars pass through, or the
board shall be made in sections with half round indentation in the joint faces for each bar. Under no
T& SP/19
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
circumstances shall concrete when being deposited be allowed to, tail off. Construction joints formed with
expanded metal or similar will not be permitted for reinforced concrete work.
At all construction joints, both horizontal and vertical the s u r f a c e of the already placed concrete shall be
suitably roughened to remove laitance and by exposing the coarse aggregate form a key for adjacent
concrete. This work shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer by the following or other
approved method:
a) After the initial set has taken place but before final set of coarse aggregate shall be exposed by the
use of a water jet and brushing
b) After final set has taken place the laitance shall be removed and coarse aggregate shall be exposed by
bush hammering or chiseling.
In both cases the surface is to be thoroughly cleaned after roughening. At least 72 hours shall be left
between completion of concreting one bay and the start of concreting any adjacent bay. Contraction joints
shall be formed as detailed where shown on the drawings.
Expansion joints shall be formed as detailed at the positions shown on the drawings.
Details of any proposed mix design shall be forwarded to the Engineer not less than 60 days before that class
of concrete is required to be used on the work for his approval in principle. The details shall include at least
the following information:-
Classes of concrete will be referred to by the minimum 28 days work cube strength and the maximum size of
aggregate. Classes of concrete shall meet the criteria shown in Table I. The maximum water/cement ratio
is herein defined as the ratio of the weight of the “free” water to the weight of the cement. The “free”
water is that quality of water available for cement. Any water required to be absorbed by aggregate is
excluded.
The workability of the concrete shall be the minimum consistent with producing a dense, well compacted
mass. Due regard shall be paid to size and shape of the section together with any congestion of
reinforcement.
After the Engineer has approved a design mix in principle the contractor shall prepare a trial mix on
site using the plant and materials intended for the works. Each batch of concrete shall be sampled and the
following prepared, in accordance with BS1881:
Nine 150 mm cubes, three for test at 7 days, three for test at 14 days and three for test at
28 days; and
i. Three slump tests or where the design slump is less than 25 mm then
ii. Three compacting factor tests.
No structural concrete shall be placed in the works until the Engineer has approved the preliminary tests.
Thereafter, the approved mix proportions shall be adhered to throughout the work and may only be varied
with the prior approval of the Engineer.
Details of any proposed mix shall be forwarded to the Engineer not less than 5 days before that class of the
concrete is required to be used on the works for his approval in principle.
Classes of concrete will be referred to by their nominal mix proportions. Classes of concrete shall meet the
criteria show in Table II. The workability of the concrete shall be the minimum consistent with producing a
dense, well-compacted mass. Due regard shall be paid to the size and shape of the section together with any
congestion of reinforcement. The Engineer may at his discretion require preliminary tests of concrete
T& SP/21
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
quality for nominal mixes unless satisfactory evidence of strength is produced from reliable sources.
Where required, these tests shall be in accordance with BS 1881.
On any day when greater qualities of concrete are being poured then six additional cube tests and two
additional slump or compacting factor tests shall be carried out for each 50 cu.m or part thereof.
All cubes shall be marked with the date of casting and a reference number. For each cube a record shall be
kept of the position in which the batch of concrete from which it was sampled was placed. All cubes shall be
tested by an approved testing authority.
The concrete cubes tested at 7 days are intended to be indicative only and the target works strengths at 7
days given in Table I are not normally mandatory. It should be noted however, that it is unlikely that cubes
failing the 7 days target will subsequently pass the
28 days cube strength. The concrete cubes tested 28 days shall be taken to represent the concrete placed
in the works. The standard of acceptance for cube strength tests shall be as follows:
The cube strength shall be calculated from the maximum load sustained by the cube at failure. The
appropriate strength requirements as given in Table I, shall be considered to be satisfied if
a) None of the strength of the three cubes is below the specified cube strength, or if
b) The average strength of the three cubes is not less than the specified cube strength and the difference
between the greatest and the least strengths is not more than 20 percent of that average.
The standard of acceptance for the slump test during the production of concrete shall be the design slump
+/- 25mm. The standard of acceptance for the compaction factor test during the production of concrete shall
be design compacting factor +/-0.03.
T& SP/22
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Any concrete which fail to meet the above standards of acceptance shall be either further tested or
condemned at the Engineer’s sole discretion. Any such tests or the removal of condemned concrete,
replacement and associated costs shall be at the contractor’s expense. If the strengths required are not
attained or maintained throughout the contract will also be required to redesign the mix and resubmit trial
mixes in accordance with clause 04.00 of this specification so as to give a concrete which does comply with
requirements of this specification.
Mass concrete shall normally be a 1:3:6 mix unless otherwise specified. Blinding concrete shall normally be
a 1:4:8 mix unless otherwise specified.
All concrete shall be mixed in approved power driven m i x e r s of a type and capacity suitable for the work.
The mixers shall be checked at weekly intervals at the contractor’s expense. Certificates of accuracy shall
be submitted immediately to the Engineer.
All materials shall be thoroughly mixed before water is added and the mixing of each batch shall continue
for a period of not less than two minutes after the water is added or such longer period as recommended
by the manufacturer of the mixer. The mixture shall be of uniform colour and distribution on discharge and
the entire contents of the mixer shall be discharged before recharging. The volume of mixed material shall
not exceed the rated capacity of the mixer.
T& SP/23
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Mixers shall at all times be kept in a clean condition. Prior to the first mix each day being agitated in the
mixer a rich cement/sand mix shall be used to cast the inside of the drum, the surplus material being emptied
away and not used in the works.
The moisture content of the coarse and fine aggregate shall be checked by the contractor at frequent
intervals and the amount of water added to the mix adjusted to maintain the design workability. Concrete
shall be discharged from the mixer onto a clean, level, water-tight platform or into a clean watertight
container. It shall be transported in a manner which ensures that it is of the correct quality and consistency
at the point of deposition. All platforms and containers shall be cleaned of the old concrete before the fresh
concrete is discharged onto them.
Concrete shall not be dropped from a height, thrown or otherwise treated so that segregation, undesirable
finish, or defective structure quality results.
No extra water shall be added to the concrete mix after it has left the mixer. The concrete shall take adequate
precautions to protect concrete in transit from the effects of the weather.
Pumping of concrete, which will require a special design mix, will only be permitted with the approval of the
Engineer. Should the concreting be stopped due to mechanical malfunction, accident, or other similar cause
then the contractor shall inform the Engineer immediately so that necessary measures and precautions can be
taken. The cost of any additional work by these stoppages shall be the responsibility of the contractor.
Any concrete which shows signs of initial setting before or during placing shall not be used, it shall be
removed at the contractor’s expense. Sufficient vibrators shall be provided to correspond with the rate of
deposition of concrete. The vibration shall be continuous throughout the placing of the concrete. Standby
vibrators shall be on site during all concrete placing.
T& SP/24
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Vibration must not be allowed to disturb any recently placed concrete that has begun to set. Any water
accumulating on the surface of newly placed concrete shall be removed by approved means and no further
concrete shall be placed thereon until such water is removed.
Suitable means shall be provided to ensure that the temperature of the concrete on placing does not exceed
30 degrees centigrade (86 degrees Fahrenheit). Concrete shall not be placed around reinforcement or
against surfaces which are at temperatures above30 degrees centigrade (86 degrees Fahrenheit). All
surfaces shall be thoroughly damped immediately prior to placing fresh concrete to prevent excessive
absorption of water.
Where a concrete surface is specified as exposed with no further applied finish the concrete shall be
uniformly levelled and screeded to produce a plain surface. After the concrete has hardened sufficiently,
the surface shall be hand or machine floated sufficiently only to produce a uniform surface free from screed
marks.
During the curing period other surfaces shall be protected by the following or other approved means:
a) Formwork in close contact with the concrete but kept cool at all times.
b) Direct and continuous application of water preferably in the form of mist so as not to damage the
surface.
T& SP/25
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
c) Covering as (a) to (c) above
All concrete faces or edges, particularly those which are exposed without rendering in the final structure,
shall be adequately protected from damage and discolouration at all times.
Concrete structures shall not be loaded until the concrete is at least 21 days old or 28 days in the case of
cantilevers. With the prior approval of the Engineer the structure may be loaded after this time but in no
case will loading greater than the final design loading be permitted.
AA. TOLERANCE
All in situ concrete work shall be dimensionally accurate to within the following tolerances:
a) Between the centre line of principal members columns or beams
+/- 5mm up to 15 metres c/c
+/- 10mm over 15 metres c/c
Note the +/- 10mm tolerance shall not be accumulative.
b) In storey height
+/- 5mm floor to floor.
d) In level of floors
+5mm/- 3mm of the true prescribed horizontal surface level.
e) In cross sectional dimensions of column beams and walls +5mm/-3mm in any dimension up to 2
metres overall
f) Cover to reinforcement
+5mm/-0 of the stated covers
T& SP/26
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Should the contractor or any sub-contractor require additional hoes or the like these requirements shall be
submitted to the Engineer for his approval prior to concreting.
Pipes, conduits, fixing bolts and other such cast-in items shall be provided where indicated on the Drawings.
Should the contractor or any sub-contractor require additional cast-in items these requirements shall be
submitted to the Engineer for his approval prior to concreting. Hollow pots shall be laid in the position
shown on the Drawings, care being taken to ensure that the units maintain the full specified rib widths
throughout. The gaps between adjacent units shall not exceed 3mm.
The contractor shall prepare, for each type of precast unit, a drawing indicating his proposed formwork
construction, casting methods, de-moulding and handling procedure for the Engineer’s approval.
Moulds and formwork shall be so constructed that the dimensions of the finished concrete members are
within the specified permissible tolerance given clause 407 of CP 116: part 2:1969.
Where precast concrete is described as “fair faced” the mould shall be of metal, or are to have metal or
hardboard linings, or are to be other approved moulds which will produce a smooth, dense fair face to the
finished concrete and free from all shutter marks, holes, pitings, etc.
Precast concrete shall be made of the mixes described on the drawings in suitable moulds, true in form to
the shapes required thoroughly tamped into the moulds and around reinforcement and vibrated. All precast
work shall be carried out under cover and the period before removal from forms and the period of storing
shall be determined and agreed by the Engineer and contractor with due regard to the type of unit, i.e. load
bearing or non-load bearing, difficulties of casting, projections, holes and other points which require
particular attention.
The method of lifting, position of lifting points and curing time before lifting shall be agreed with the
Engineer before casting of any units.
Extreme care should be taken when handling precast units and any units damaged during the transporting
and/ or positioning shall be replaced at the contractor’s expense.
T& SP/27
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
DD. CONCRETE FOR WATER RETAINING STRUCTURES
Concrete and its constituents for water retaining structures, in addition to the general and particular
provisions in this specification shall comply with the following requirements in this section. In addition to
the requirements of clause 4.5 aggregates for concrete in water retaining structures shall have a low drying
shrinkage and absorption, as measured in accordance with BS 812 not greater than 3 percent. The
Engineer may before approval is given to an aggregate or at any time thereafter require that the aggregate
be tested for absorption in accordance with BS 812. Any aggregate failing to comply with this specification
will be rejected.
In addition to the requirements of clause 4.20 concrete for the water retaining structures shall have a
maximum cement content of 400 kg/m3.
Blinding concrete under water retaining structures shall be a maximum of 75 mm thick and shall be in class
15/40 concrete.
Class 15/40 concrete shall comply with the following requirements:- Minimum works cube strength at 28
days 15MN/M2
Maximum size of aggregate 40mm
Mix proportions 1 cement:2.5 fine aggregate:
5 course aggregate
This is a nominal mix and no cubes will be required to be taken.
For water retaining structures the provisions of clause 4.19 paragraph are modified. The construction
joints will in general be spaced to allow a maximum plan area for any bay of 40 sq.m or maximum lengths
of 7.5m in any one dimension.
For water retaining structures the provisions of clause 4.19 paragraph five are modified. At least 96 hours
shall be left between completion of concreting one bay and the start of concreting any adjacent bay.
A kicker of minimum height 150mm shall be cast integrally with the base slab for all water retaining
structures.
The surface of all concrete for water retaining structures shall not be permitted to dry out even after the
7 days curing period specified in clause 4.27.
All pipes passing through concrete walls or slabs for water retaining structures shall be cast in at the time of
concreting and not subsequently fitted. All such pipes shall be provided with a puddle flange fitted to form
a seal against the pipe and of an outside diameter 20mm greater than the outside diameter of the pipe.
Joint sealants shall be applied not less than 7 days after completion of the structure.
T& SP/28
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
On completion of the water structure at a time decided by the Engineer it shall be tested for water-tightness
in the following manner. Structures which are elevated shall be filled at a uniform rate not exceeding 1 metre
rise in head per 24 hours and allowed to absorb water for 3 days. After this period the water level shall be
brought up to the top water level and left for 7 days. During this period the exposed faces shall show no
sign of leakage and shall remain apparently dry. Structures founded on or in the ground shall be tested
prior to backfilling unless otherwise stated. The structure shall be filled as specified above. After filling to
top water level no further water shall be introduced for the next 7 days. The structure will be deemed to be
watertight if at the expiration of this time the total drop in surface level does not exceed 10mm after
making due allowance for evaporation and absorption and no signs of leakage are observed.
Water for testing shall be provided at the contractor’s expense.
If the structure fails the test above any defects shall be made good or such taken to eliminate leakage as the
Engineer shall direct. All such work shall be at the contractor’s expense.
After completion of any repairs the structure shall be retested using the procedure specified above.
Swimming pools should be tested prior to applying internal finishes.
(a) Precast Concrete
General
Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, all precast concrete construction shall be carried out on the Site
and shall conform to requirements given elsewhere in these preambles.
The maximum size of coarse aggregate concrete shall not exceed 20mm except for thickness less than 75mm
where it shall not exceed 10mm.
The compacting of precast concrete shall conform with requirements given elsewhere in these preambles
except for thin slabs where use of immersion type vibrators is not practicable. The
Concrete in these slabs may be consolidating on a vibrating table or by any other methods approved by the
Engineer. Steam curing of precast concrete will be permitted. The procedure for steam curing shall be
subject to the approval of the
Engineer.
The precast work shall be made under cover and shall remain under the same for seven days. During this
period and for a further seven days the concrete shall be shielded by sacking or other approved materials kept
constantly wet. It shall then be stacked in the open for at least a further seven days to season before being set
in position. Where steam curing is used these times may be reduced subject to the approval of the Engineer.
Precast concrete units shall be constructed in individual forms. The method of handling the precast concrete
units after casting, during curing and during transport an direction shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer, providing that
T& SP/29
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for damage to precast concrete units resulting
from careless handling.
Repair of damage to the precast concrete units, except for minor abrasions of the edges which will not impair
the installation and/or appearance of the units will not be permitted and the damaged units shall be replaced
by the Contractor at his own expense.
Except where precast work is described as "fair face" or as having "exposed aggregate" or terazzo finishes
the moulds shall be made of suitable strong sawn timber true in form to the shapes required. Unless
otherwise described faces are to be left rough from the sawn moulds.
Where precast work is described as "fair face" the moulds are to be made of metal or are to have metal or
plywood linings or are to be other approved moulds which will produce a smooth dense fair face to the
finished concrete suitable to
receive a painted finish direct and free from shutter marks, holes, pittances, etc. In his prices for such precast
work the Contractor shall include for all rubbing down to produce the finish required to the satisfaction and
approval of the Engineer. Where precast work is to have an "exposed aggregate" or terrazzo finish the
moulds shall be constructed to the requirements given for moulds "finished fair" work. The method of
achieving the exposed aggregate finish shall be aggregate transfer" or other approved method.
(b) Precast Concrete Cladding Units
These shall be cast to the general details shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall submit working/shop
drawings for each type of the cladding panels to the Engineer for approval before he commences casting
operations
The panels shall be cast in special yards and shall be cured adequately before being hoisted into position in
the structure, taking care that no parts are broken in the process. The units shall then be joined together with
insitu concrete and flexibility connected to the top and bottom beams to allow for limited movement of the
combined unit.
(c)Hollow Block Suspended Construction (Composite Floor Slab)
Concrete hollow blocks for use in the composite floor slabs shall be of the standard sizes required or a shown
on the drawings and are to be of adequate strength to support the concrete during placing and consolidation
by vibration. Blocks are to be manufactured in accordance with the procedure specified in B.S. 6073 and to
be of a mix not weaker than 1:4:8 cement: sandstone using maximum 10mm size aggregate.
Concrete blocks are to be cured for at least 28 days before use on the site. During the first seven days of
curing, blocks are to be kept permanently damp and protected from exposure to sun and wind.
Concrete blocks are to be well wetted before the pouring of cement.
Hollow clay filler blocks for use in the composite floor slabs are to be of the sizes shown on the drawings
and to be of adequate strength to support the concrete during placing and consolidation by vibration. They
shall be obtained from an approved manufacturer. Before any orders are placed, at least 6 sample clay blocks
T& SP/30
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
shall be provided for the approval of the Engineer. Any clay blocks subsequently delivered to site which ion
the opinion of the Engineer are not of equal standard to the approved samples shall be rejected.
Rejected blocks shall immediately be removed from the site and shall not be used in the works. Clay blocks
are to be fully cured before delivery or use on site.
Clay blocks are to be well wetted before pouring of concrete.
(d) Composite Floor Construction
The hollow block floor construction is generally to be as shown on the Engineer's Drawings.
Care shall be taken in placing blocks to ensure that they are set out in accordance with the details shown on
the Drawings and that they run truly in line without encroaching on the width of the insitu ribs.
The open ends of hollow blocks, if adjacent to concrete to be placed insitu are to be plugged or stopped to
prevent the concrete from flowing into the void and the Contractor is to include for this in his prices.
The Contractor should note that slip tiles are not to be used to the Soffits if ribs and he is to take this into
consideration in pricing the items of formwork to the soffit of hollow block floor construction. Before
concreting is carried out the blocks are to be thoroughly wetted.
Care should be taken during concreting that the width of ribs between the rows of blocks and the solid insitu
concrete shown on the Drawings adjacent to supporting beams is not encroached upon by the blocks.
It is essential that the concrete topping be poured at the same time as the ribs between hollow blocks.
Reinforcement shall be positioned accurately with required cover in accordance with the drawings and using
the particular spacing blocks with wire ties as previously described. Spacer blocks shall be provided in ribs
at not more that 0.2 m Centres. Care must be taken during concreting that the reinforcement is not displaced.
Where holes or services occur, the necessary holes or pockets shall be accommodated by the replacing of a
hollow block or insitu concrete or the widening of a rib all in accordance with the Engineer's instructions.
Prices for such holes through block construction are to include the rearrangement or substitution of the
hollow block with solid concrete in addition to the actual formation of the hole.
PART FIVE
WALLING SPECIFICATIONS
MATERIALS
A. CEMENT
Cement used for making mortar shall be as described in concrete work.
B. LIME
The lime for making mortar shall be obtained from an approved source and shall comply with BS 890 Class
A for non-hydraulic lime. The lime to be run to putty in an approved lined pit or container. The water to be
first run into the pit or container and the lime to be added until it is completely submerged, stirred
T& SP/31
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
vigorously until all lumps are disintegrated and shall be kept constantly covered with water and regularly
stirred for at least four weeks. The resulting milk-lime then to be through a fine sieve and run into a pit or
other container and kept clean and moist for not less than two weeks before being used in the works and
moist for not less than two weeks before being used in the works.
C. SAND
Sand used for making mortar shall be clean well graded siliceous sand of good sharp hard quality equal to
samples which shall be deposited with and approved by the Architect. It shall be free from lumps of stone,
earth, loam, dust, salt, organic matter and other deleterious substances, passed through a fine sieve and
washed with clean water if so directed by the Architect.
D. WATER
Shall be as described in “concrete work”.
E. CONCRETE BLOCKS
Concrete blocks shall comply with the requirements of BS 2028, 1384 except where amended or extended
by the following clause. Blocks shall have square arrises and corners. For fairfaced work damage to arises
and corners shall not exceed the removal of
6mm of the blocks depth or thickness.
Concrete blocks shall have a minimum crushing strength of 3.5 N/mm2 except when below the damp course
level or in contact with soil when they shall have a minimum crushing strength of 7 N/mm2, unless noted
otherwise on drawings.
Hollow concrete blocks shall not be used below the damp course level or in contact with soil.
Concrete blocks used for external walls shall be class ‘A’ and for internal load bearing walls they shall be at
least Class ‘B’. Class ‘C’blocks shall only be used for non-load bearing partitions.
No precast blocks shall be incorporated into the work unless approved by the Architect. The delivery of
present blocks from which samples tested do not comply with this specification shall be deemed defective.
Any work constructed with blocks from which samples tested do not comply with this specification shall be
deemed to be defective.
From every 1,000 precast concrete blocks delivered to site ten blocks samples shall be provided for testing.
The precast block samples shall be selected in accordance with BS2028, 1364. Samples of precast concrete
blocks for testing shall be tested for the following properties in accordance with the methods given in BS
T& SP/32
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
2028, 1364 and the test results shall comply with the requirements of BS 2018, 1364 except where amended
by this specification:-
(a) Drying shrinkage
(b) Compressive strength or transverse breaking load (as applicable)
(c) Wetting expansion*
(d) Density
(e) Dimensional Tolerance
(f) Cavity size
*Test only applicable for concrete blocks made with clinker aggregate.
Blocks shall also be tested to determine the suction rate. The test shall consist of weighing the block,
placing in a tray of water such that only 3mm of the block side is immersed for a period of sixty seconds +/-
2 seconds; quickly wiping off excess water and reweighing. The suction rate is the increase in weight due
to water absorbed and shall not exceed 2 kg/m2/minute. Blocks which have a suction rate exceeding
2kg/m2/minute may be used if the contractor uses an approved water reactive additive in the mortar or can
show that the blocks will have a suction rate not exceeding 2kgm2/minute for a period of 24 hours from
being laid and provided the blocks comply with all other requirements.
Concrete blocks shall be stacked on prepared dry areas free of clinker, ashes and sulphate bearing strata.
Blocks of differ ent strengths shall be stacked separately and clearly marked to differentiate the strengths.
Blocks shall not be used for a minimum of 7 days after manufacture and shall not be loaded for at least 14
days after laying. For the first 7 days after manufacture, block shall be cured by maintaining in a damp
condition, e.g. covering with polythene sheeting after wetting blocks.
ii) Each block to be size 200mm x 400mm x 200mm high and consisting of two ends each 200m x
200mm x 50mm thick joined with a 50 mm thick twice cranked lourve with top end of lourve projecting
40mm above top of block..
H. STONE
All stone shall comply with the requi rem ent s of CP121.202 for masonry and rubble walls respectively
except where amended or extended by the following clauses.
Unless otherwise noted, all masonry walls shall be course squared rubble walling with mortar joints. The
size of stones for rubble walling shall be such that the length of stone does not exceed three times its
height. For coursed squared rubble walls block shall not exceed 300 mm in height and shall be not less than
150 mm in height.
Where snecked rubble walls are specified; the snecks shall not be less than 100mm square on the
exposed face. Stone for masonry shall have a minimum compressive strength of 10 N/mm2. (stone shall
not be required to be tested to failure). The density of stone for masonry shall be not less than 230 kg/m3.
The drying shrinkage of stone shall not exceed 0.05%.
Samples of stone provided for testing shall be tested for the following in accordance with the methods
given in Bs 2028, 1364 and the test results shall comply with the requirements of this specification.
(a) Compressive strength
(b) Density
(c) Drying shrinkage
The colour and texture of stone shall be uniform and consistent. Prior to delivering any stone to site the
contractor shall supply the Architect with a sample of stone in order that he may approve the colour and
texture. The contractor shall en sure that sufficient suitable stone is available for the whole of the project
prior to ordering the stone.
Where cast stone including described as artificial stone, reconstructed stone, etc., is specified the stone shall
comply with the requirements of BS 1217. Masonry shall be of stone, having no irregular faces and only
the back face if not visible shall be left as from the saw.
Prior to ordering dry stone the contractor shall demonstrate that the stone is durable. This may be done
by supplying det ails of building constructed with stone from the same quarry and which has been exposed
to the same environment condition for at least ten years. The maximum projection from the face of stone
for rubble walls shall be 20mm beyond the specified face of the wall.
T& SP/34
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
The contractor shall provide six samples of stone measuring 150mm x 150mm for testing prior to
delivering any stone to site. As work proceeds the contractor shall provide six samples 150 x150 x 150mm
for testing from every 300m2 of work. All stone shall be stacked on prepared dry areas free of clinker, ashes
and sulphate bearing strata.
I. WALL REINFORCEMENT
Where described walls and partitions shall be reinforced with a 25mm wide strip of No.20S.W.G hoop iron
built into alternate horizontal joints in the wall centre. The reinforcement shall be lapped and hooked at
running joints, angles and intersections and carried at least 115mm into abutting walls at junctions.
J. WALL TIES
To be 3mm diameter galvanized mild steel wire twisted butterfly wall ties
WORKMANSHIP
L. CEMENT MORTAR
Mortar described as cement mortar 1:4 shall be composed of 1 cubic metre (1498 Kgs) of Portland Cement
and 4 cubic metres of sand. Other mixes such as 1:3, 1:5 etc. shall be similarly construed.
M. MIXING MORTAR
The constituent materials shall be measured separately when dry in specially prepared gauge boxes of sizes
to give the proportions specified without consolidation of the contents by ramming and shaking. The
mortar shall be mixed in an approved power driven mixer for not less than two minutes per batch and using
the minimum quantity of water necessary to obtain a working consistency. The mixer shall be used as
close as practicable to the works and mortar shall be used within 30 minutes of mixing. No partially or
wholly set mortar will be allowed to be used or re-mixed.
T& SP/35
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
N. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
(a) Setting out
The contractor shall provide proper setting out rods and set out all work on same for course, openings,
heights etc., and shall build the walls, piers etc., to the widths, depths and heights indicated on the
Drawings and as directed by the Architect.
(b) Building in Wood Frames
Openings for doors, ventilators etc., are to be set out and left unbuilt until the wooden frames have been
fixed in position.
(c) Building in Metal windows and doors
Openings for metal frames to be wide enough for the frames to fit without being forced into position. Build
the lugs into the joints of the walling and fill into the space between the walling and frames with cement
mortar well tamped into the channel of the frames and point all round externally.
All frames must be set plumb and level and free from twist.
(d) Walls to Receive Plaster & Similar Finishes
All faces of walls to be plastered etc., to have all projections dressed off and joints raked out as key.
O. BUILDING WALLING
(a) Laying and Jointing
All blocks shall be well wetted before being laid and the top of walling where left off shall be well wetted
before commencing. Walls to be kept wet three days after building. All walls throughout the works shall
be carried up evenly in
200mm courses except where courses of less depth are required to bring walling up to level of floors,
windows and the like and where otherwise described, no part being allowed to be carried up more than one
metre higher at one time than any other part and in such cases the joining shall be made in long steps so as
to prevent cracks arising and all walls shall be levelled round at each stage. Not more than 3 metres height of
wall shall be laid in any one day.
(b) Bonding
The blocks shall be properly bonded together and in such a manner that no vertical joint in any one course
shall be within
115mm of a similar in the courses immediately above or below. All walling of 300mm thickness or less
shall be built in single thickness of blocks. Walling exceeding 300mm in thickness shall be built with
through bonders not more than
1070mm apart in each course as directed by the Architect.
Alternate courses of walling at all angles and intersections shall be carried through the full thickness of the
adjoining wall. All perpends, reveals and other angles of the walling shall be built strictly true and square.
T& SP/36
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
(c) Tolerances
All courses of walls shall be level with a maximum deviation of +/- 3mm in any one metre length and a
maximum overall deviation on 10mm for lengths of wall exceeding 3 metres. Walls shall be plumb with a
maximum deviation of +/- 3mm in any metre height of wall with a maximum deviation of +/-10 mm in the
total height of the wall or any storey.
All corners of walls which are shown as being at right angles shall be square with a maximum deviation of
3 in 1000. All walls should be straight with a maximum deviation of +/-3mm in any one metre length and a
maximum overall deviation of
10mm in any length exceeding 3 metres.
All bed and vertical joints shall be an average of 10mm thick with a maximum deviation of +/-3mm of
blockwork, and stone rubble walls. Joints for stone masonry walls shall be 6mm +/- 1 mm thick.
(d) Curing
All walls shall be maintained in a damp condition for at least 24 hours after laying. Walls under
construction shall be dampened by applying water with a brush and no hosing directly on to the wall shall
be permitted. When work ceases on any section of wall polythene or hessian shall be draped over the wall,
for at least 24 hours. If hessian is used, it shall be maintained continuously wet.
(e) Cavities
Cavity walls shall be of the overall thickness shown on the drawings.
Cavities above ground level between leaves of block or masonry shall be free of mortar droppings or ther
debris. The Contractor shall take proper precautions to prevent mortar or debris entering the cavity.
Cavity below ground level shall be filled with mortar for cavities up to 75mm wide and for cavities over
75mm wide filling shall be concrete mix 1:3:6. Cavities shall be filled such that there is maximum of three
times the thickness of the thinner leaf of the wall filled with wet mortar or concrete unless the wall is
continuously supported for the depth.
(f) Backfilling
Earth backfilling against walls shall be carried our such that the level of the backfill is always equal on
each side of the wall. When a wall has filling material on one side only to a fill width of more than three
times the wall thickness, the wall shall be continuously supported during backfilling.
Backfilling shall not be carried out until at least seven days have elapsed since the laying of the blocks or
stone.
T& SP/37
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
(P) REINFORCEMENT WALLS
Steel reinforcing bars in walls shall be carefully placed and spacers used to ensure that a minimum of 20mm
cover is given to the reinforcement unless otherwise specified.
Horizontal reinforcement in mortar joints shall be laid such that the reinforcement is not contact with the
blocks or stone.
Q. WALL TIES
Wall ties shall be provided to connect walls to steel or concrete columns and beams to connect two
unbounded leaves of wall.
Walls ties shall be provided at 450mm centre both vertically and 900mm centres horizontally and shall be
staggered when used to connect two leaves of unbonded wall. Wall ties shall be embedded to each material
by a minimum of 50mm.
R. FAIR FACE
All concrete and hollow clay blockwork described as finished with a fair face is to be built to a true and
even face with the joints finished as specified hereinafter.
S. POINTING
Pointing of walls shall be carried out as the work proceeds wherever possible. When coloured mortar is
specified for pointing only the pointing shall be carried out after work has been completed.
Existing walls shall be prepared for pointing by raking out all loose friable material to a minimum depth of
15mm to form a square recess. The joints shall then be wetted and new mortar shall be forced into joints
and finished as directed.
T& SP/38
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
A. TILE ROOFING
(i) Tiles are to be uniform in size and shape, free from cracks, twists and other blemishes and are to be
true after fixing on the roof.
(ii) Unless specified all tile battens are to be 50 x 25 mm fin sawn celcured Podo Carpus or
Cypress continuously and securely spiked at raters at such centres up the roof to suit the pitch of the tiles.
(In addition
Roman tiles Roofs are to have 75 x 50 mm counter battens to suit).
(iii) Mangolore, Brosley, Roman and Pan tiles are to be purchased from Clayworks Ltd.
Cement tiles shall be purchased from Manson Hart Limited and Mareba Enterprises Limited or any other
approved manufacturers and shall be laid in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and shall be
completed with left hand verge tiles and fascia tiles nailed to battens. At the ridge provide and lay 300mm
wide felt under the socketless ridging which shall be matching tinted pointed with oxide purchased from the
manufacturer.
(iv) Where valley tiles are specified, these shall be laid in accordance with manufacturers
instructions and the roof tiles to be cut shall be marked by the Contractor, transported to and from the
factory where they are to be cut and re-tinted by Manson Hart Limited or Mareba Enterprises Limited before
fixing on site.
B. POLYTHENE UNDERFELTING
500 Gauge polythene underfelting is to be provided to all tile roofs and fixed under roofing battens with
150mm laps.
C. ASPHALT ROOFING
Asphalt roofing will be executed by an approved specialist roofing sub-contractor. Before any application of
roofing the contractor is to ensure that all roof surfaces are thoroughly cleaned by sweeping.
Roofing asphalt to be BS 988/1966 Table 3 COLUMN 111 Tropical Mastic asphalt laid in two coats to a
total thickness of 20mm on and including black sheathing felt, and finished with either three coats
aluminium paint to horizontal and vertical surfaces local grey stone chippings or precast concrete paving
slabs as necessary.
The first layer of asphalt to be fully bonded to the sheathing felt and the second layer to be laid with a
75mm joint to the first layer. At all junctions of covering with parapet walls, kerbs, eaves, gutters etc., the
asphalt is to be turned up a minimum height of 150mm with an angle fillet at the junction with the roof
covering and splayed at the tip and tucked 25mm into groove and pointed in cement and sand.
T& SP/39
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Precast concrete tiles are to be 300 x 25mm thick, interlocking, finished fair on exposed face and bedded in
bitumen and pointed in cement mortar.
T& SP/40
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
E. COLAS BASEMENT TANKING SPECIFICATION 7.04
Colas basement tanking shall be obtained from Colas East Africa Limited and applied in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions to the approval of the Architect.
Surfaces to receive tanking shall be level with no sharp points, edges etc., and shall be clean to receive the
tanking
Colas tanking shall be applied in the following manner:-
i. Check the surface to ensure it is smooth and clean.
ii. Apply a prime coat of colasprime 80.05 at the rate of .15 litres (concrete) per square metre.
iii. Apply a coat of colaskote 70.02 at the rate of .75 litres per square metre and allow to dry
iv. Apply a further coat of 70.02 at .75 litre per square metre.
v. Into this apply open weave glass membrane of colas membrane 88.08 and ensure that the
edges are overlapped at least 500mm and the membrane is well brushed out to give no wrinkles in the
finished surface.
vi. Over the dried film apply a second coat of 70.02 as in (d) and repeat (c)
vii. Apply a towel coat of colaskote 70.03 at the rate of 3 litres per square metre.
viii. Over the finished waterproofing membrane provide a protective coating consisting of colmastic
30.03, 1 volume 30.02 and 2 volume sand 6mm thick..
1B Fine 17kg
T& SP/41
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
(b) Asbestos based bitumen felts shall comply with BS 747 part 2, class 2:
Type of felt Nominal lweight/10m2
2A saturated bitumen asbestos 7kg
2B Fine sand surfaced bitumen
asbestos 16kg
2C self finished bitmen asbestos 13kg
2E mineral surfaced bitumen asbestos 36kg
Unless otherwise specified bituminous felt roofing shall comprise the following layers:
(a) To main roof areas
First layer: saturated bitumen asbestos felt Type 2A, partially bonded. Second layer: self-finished bitumen
felt Type 1C, fully bonded.
Third layer: mineral surfaced bitumen felt to be aluminium cap sheet finish, fully bonded.
(b) To gutters and upstands in felt roofs:
First layer: saturated bitumen asbestos felt Type 2A, fully bonded Second layer: self-finished bitumen felt
Type 1C, fully bonded Third layer: mineral surfaced bitumen felt Type 1E, fully bonded.
H. LAYING
Bitumen felt roofing work must be carried out by a sub-contractor approved by the Architect. Laying of
the felt is to be carried out generally in accordance with C.P 1441.101 to the following minimum falls.
(a) for mineral surfaced felt roofs 1:30
(b) for protected felt roofs 1:60
The contractor sand sub-contractor shall ensure that the roof screed is laid to the correct falls before
applying the roofing felt. Before laying covering the contractor shall ensure that all preceding and
preliminary work, including all pipes and outlets passing through the roof, formation of grooves and chases,
and provision of battens and fillets is complete.
T& SP/42
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Base sheeting is to be laid on a clean, dry base and before work commences the contractor shall obtain the
roofing sub-contractor’s written agreement that the base is suitable. Sheeting shall be laid in the following
manner:
a) Nail underlayer at 75mm centres at tops of sloping roofs and screeds.
b) Hot bonding compounds shall be prepared as follows:
i. Heat in kettles fitted with a thermometer.
ii. Do not heat to more than 220 degrees C.
iii. Lay at 200 degrees C.
c) Partial bonding of first layer shall be carried out by spot, strip or frame bonding at centers not
exceeding 1800mm with hot bonding compound to the approval of the Architect. Fully bond at
perimeter of roof for a width of 450mm, leaving ventilation channels 150mm wide at approximately
1800mm centers.
d) Full bonding of second and subsequent layers shall be carried out by applying hot bonding compound
to the previous layer, lay bitumen felt and apply pressure to ensure a firm bond. Remove the surplus
squeezing out compound as the work proceeds. Compound should be applied at a minimum rate of
16kg per 1.0m2. Precast adhesion of squeezed-out bonding compound to the surface of mineral-
surfaced felt.
e) Sheets shall be laid in the direction of the roof slope with a 50mm side and 75mm end lap
f) Upstands must be at least 15mm high, fully bonded to the structure with tip edge tucked into chase,
wedged at 600mm centers and fully bond to upstand. Each lap shall be 100mm and sealed with hot
bonding compound. Chases shall be pointed in cement-sand mortar 1:3
g) Unless otherwise specified eaves shall be formed as follows:
i. Nail one edge of 200mm felt strip at 150mm centers
ii. Fold to form welt 50mm deep and seal with bonding compound.
iii. Fully bond remainder of felt to base and cover with full thickness of built up finish.
Corrugated asbestos cement sheeting shall be obtained from an approved manufacturer by Simbarite
Limited, P. O. Box 90662, Mombasa, Kenya. The sheeting shall be of an even colour, free from cracks,
chips and other defects. Roofing is to be comple te with all hip and ridge coverings as supplied by the
manufacturer and is to be fixed in strict accordance with their instructions, including galvanised screws of
crook bolts and washers.
T& SP/43
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
J. GALVANIZED CORRUGATED IRON SHEETS
Galvanised or pre-painted corrugated mild steel sheets for roofing and cladding shall be of the gauge and
profile required, and obtained from an approved manufacturer. They shall be fixed with approved crook
bolts, washers, etc., to ‘Z’ purlins.
L. ALUMINIUM FLASHINGS
Aluminium flashings shall be formed out of 22 gauge super purity aluminium with natural mill finish to BS
1470. Where flashings are built into joints or tucked into grooves the minimum depth is to be 25mm and
they are to be secured by folded aluminium wedges at
450mm centres and pointed in cement mortar (1:3).
T& SP/44
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
i. Brush or blow out joints to remove dirt, dust, etc., and prime the sides of the joints using a piece of
sponge or similar dipped in a mixture of equal volumes of Flintkote./ Type 1 Type 3 emulsion and
water. Allow to dry.
ii. Fill up joints slightly round on the surface using a 1:2:3 mastic. This mastic shall be prepared by
mixing one volume of cement with volumes of sand, adding a little water to dampen the mix, then
adding two volumes of Flintkote. Type 1 or Type 3 emulsion. The mastic is thoroughly mixed
together adding further water as necessary until it is a uniform brown colour, without being too
sloppy. Allow to set and dry. The screed joints shall then be covered with a 200mm wide strip of
building paper not bonded to the screed joint and well lapped at angles and junctions before the
application of the roof covering.
O. LIGHTWEIGHT ROOF SCREEDS
Lightweight roof screeds shall be composed of bases of cement, sand and pumice (1:4:8) finished with a
12mm cement and sand (1:5) topping laid whilst the base is still green and trowelled smooth to the
satisfaction of the Architect. The screeds are to be laid as described in ‘cement and sand Roof Screeds.’
P. PVC RAINWATER PIPES
PVC rainwater pipes and fittings are to comply with BS 4576 with solvent welded or rubber ring seal joints.
Pipes are to be case into concrete or to be fixed to the structure with PVC holder bats built-in or plugged and
screwed at maximum 2 meter centers.
Bends, swan necks, discharge chutes and fittings generally are to be fixed where necessary to facilitate the
flow of water. Rainwater outlets shall be PVC suitable for the roof finish in which they occur with domical
PVC grating.
Q. PROTECTION
The contractor is to take all necessary precautions to protect the finished work and must ensure no damage
occurs to the roofing until completion of the works.
PART SEVEN
CARPENTRY & JOINERY SPECIFICATIONS
CARPENTRY & JOINERY
A. GENERALLY
All woodwork shall be carried out in accordance with the drawing and the principals of first class
joinery construction. Unless specifically stated otherwise, sizes shown on drawings are finished sizes and
the contractor must allow for wrot faces.
T& SP/45
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
MATERIALS
B. QUALITIES OF TIMBER
i. The qualities of timber stated hereinafter are in accordance with the latest Kenya Government
Grading Rules.
ii. All timber described as prime Grade is to be first Grade (Grade 1)
iii. All timber described as selected Grade is to be second Grade (Grade 11)
iv. All hardwood is to be prime Grade (Grade 1)
v. All timber for permanent use in the building shall before use be approved by the Architect for quality
in accordance with the foregoing specification for its respective grade.
vi. Any timber not so approved by the Architect shall be removed from the site forthwith.
C. INSECT DAMAGE
All timber, whether graded or ungraded, and including shuttering, scaffolding and the like shall be free of
live borer beetle or other insect attached when brought upon the site. The contractor shall be responsible
up to the end of the maintenance period for executing at his own cost all work necessary to eradicate
insect attack of timber which becomes evident including the replacement of timbers attacked, or suspected
of being attacked, notwithstanding that the timber concerned may have been inspected and passed as fit
for use.
D. SEASONING OF TIMBER
All carpentry timbers are timbers are to be seasoned to an average moisture content of not more 20%. All
joinery timbers ar e to be seasoned to an average moisture content of not more than 15%. The contractor is
to make available on site a metre of testing moisture content of all timber delivered.
E. PREPARATION AND PROTECTION OF TIMBER
i. All timber necessary for the works is to be purchased immediately the contract is signed,and when
delivered is to be open stacked for such further seasoning as may be necessary. Preparation of the
timber is to be commenced simultaneously with the commencement of the works generally.
ii. All timber and assembled woodwork is to be protected from the weather and stored in such a way as
to prevent attack by decay fungi, termites or other insects.
F. SPECIES OF TIMBER
Only those timbers specified are to be used for the works, unless alternatives are authorized by the Architect
in writing.
T& SP/47
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
K. CHIPBOARD
Chipboard shall be medium density wood particle board complying with BS 2604 part 2, produced in
factories by an approved process.
L. BLOCKBOARD
Blockboard shall be of approved local or imported manufacture to BS 3444 glued throughout and softwood
or hardwood faced as hereinafter specified and equal to a sample to be deposited with the Architect for
approval and which when so approved shall form the standard for the works.
M. FIBREBOARD
Shall be insulating board to comply with BS 1142 of the types specified and of approved manufacture.
N. TEMPERED HARDBOARD
To be approved manufacture according in all respects with BS 1142 suitable for painting, prepared and
fixed in accordance with the maker’s instructions.
O. WOOD BLOCK FLOORS
i. To be supplied and laid in 460 mm x 460 mm panels by a specialist all to the approval of the
Architect.
ii. On completion and immediately prior to applying the clear finish, the surface is to be twice machine
sanded using first coarse and the fine sandpaper and brushed perfectly clean.
P. TIMBER DOORS
Doors are to be designed, manufactured and fixed in accordance with the relevant British standards
summarized below:-
Q. FLUSH DOORS
Generally, the requirement for flush doors is that they have a minimum thickness of 40mm. They shall be
faced both sides and there shall be hardwood lippings to all edges. Hollow core and semi-solid types shall
contain adequate provision within the core for ironmongery (e.g. lock blocks etc).
T& SP/48
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
All hollow and semi-solid doors shall be faced with WBP bonded Exterior grade plywood. Except where
indicated doors shall have hardwood veneered faces.
Where doors are indicated as fire resistant they shall be constructed so as to exceed the requirements
stated when tested in accordance with BS 476 part (1972) section 7.
R. HARDWOOD VENEERS
i. Veneer facings shall be selected to the approval of the Architect.
ii. No glass or synthetic fibre stitching will be permitted for jointing veneer leaves together.
iii. Veneer shall be free from splits, dote, glue, stains insect or fungi attack and rot.
iv. Filling or inlaying of any kind will not accepted.
v. All wood veneers shall be bonded to the core material in such a way that no lifting and blistering
shall occur.
S. LAMINATED PLASTIC VENEERS
Laminated plastic veneers shall be a decorative sheet 1.6mm thick complying with BS 3794 class 1. The
pattern will be selected by the Architect. The laminate shall have decorative (pattern) finish on one face
only. Patterns will be selected from the manufacturer’s standard range
T. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL
a) Tapered timber pellets for filling screw holes must be cut across the grain and shall be of the colour
and grain being plugged.
b) Metal fixing devices must be fully rust-proofed. Scramps, brackets, plugs, bolts etc., must be of a
type, make and pattern approved by the Architect.
c) Adhesives must be suitable for use in the local conditions and be compatible with thematerials with
which they are in contact.
WORKMANSHIP
V. TOLERANCES
The method of construction must accommodate tolerance as shown on the drawings and allow for ensuring
that repetitive units can be accurately located in relation to grid lines and that tolerances do not accumulate.
Reasonable tolerance shall be provided at all junctions between joinery and the building carcass, whether
of masonry or frame construction, so that any irregularities or movement may be adequately
compensated.
W. JOINTING
i. All joints must be made as specified or detailed and the execution of all jointing shall be to the
satisfaction of the Architect.
ii. Joining surfaces of all connections exposed to the weather are to be thickly primed except where
gluing is specified. Surfaces are to be in good contact over the whole area of the joint before
fastenings are applied.
iii. No nails, screws or bolts are to be placed in any end split. If splitting is likely or is encountered in
the course of the work, holes for nails are to be pre-bored at diameters not exceeding 4/5 of the
diameter of the nails. Clenched nails must be bent at right angles to the grain. Lead holes are to be
bored for all screws.
iv. Where the use of bolts and washers is specified the holes are to be bored from both sides of the
timber and to be a diameter D+D/16 where D is the diameter of the bolt. Nuts must be brought up
tight but care is to be taken to avoid crushing of the timber under the washers.
v. Joints in joinery must be as specified or detailed and designed and secured as to resist or compensate
for any stresses to which they may be subjected. All nails, springs etc., are to be punched and puttied.
vi. Loose joints are to be made where provision must be made for shrinkage, glued joints where
shrinkage need not be considered and where sealed joints are required. All glued joints shall be
cross-tongued or otherwise reinforced.
vii. Glues for load bearing joints or where conditions may be damp must be of the resin type.
viii. For non-load bearing joints, or where dry conditions can be guaranteed, resin or organic glues may be
used.
X. FRAMED WORK
The word “framed” shall mean and include all the best known methods of jointing woodwork together by
mortice, tenon, dovetail or other methods, and for forming all necessary stops, mitres or mason’ mitres in
members which are moulded, rebated etc.
T& SP/50
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Y. PLUGGING
Plugging and fixing to wall in all trades shall be executed by “Rawlplugging” or similar approved
proprietary methods all in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions. Hacking of holes and
filing with timber plugs will not be permitted under any circumstances.
Z. CARPENTRY WORK
i. All carpentry shall be executed with workmanship of the best quality. Scantlings and board shall be
accurately sawn and shall be uniform in width and thickness throughout and shall be as long as
possible and practicable in order to eliminate joints
ii. All work shall be left with a swan surface except where specified to be wrot.
iii. All work shall be accurately set out and in strict accordance with the drawings, and shall be framed
together and securely fixed in the best possible manner with properly made joints. Provide all
braids, nails, screws etc., as necessary and as directed and approved.
iv. Actual dimensions of scantling for carpentry shall not vary from the specified dimensions by more
than +3mm or -1mm. Sizes and thickness of wrot carpentry timber are nominal, that isto say a
variation of 3mm from the specified sizes will be allowed from each wrot surface unless the
thickness or size id described as finished in which case no variation from the stated thickness or size
will be permitted.
T& SP/51
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
iv. All beads, fillets and small members shall be fixed with round or oval braids or nails well punched in
and stopped. All larger members shall be fixed with screws, the screws let in and pelleted over with
wood pellets to match the grain.
v. Cups and screws for fixing beads and fillets shall be spaced 150mm apart and 25mm from angles.
vi. All joinery immediately upon delivery to the site is to be sorted and protected from the weather.
vii. All joinery is to be primed before fixing but no work is to be primed until it has been approved by the
Architect.
viii. All fixed joinery which is liable to become bruised or damaged in any way, shall be properly cased
and protected by the contractor until completion of the work.
ix. When natural finish is specified, the timber in adjacent pieces shall be matched and uniform or
symmetrical in colour and grain.
AB. SOFTWOOD
Fixing shall be by means of non-rusting screws with counter sunk heads to proprietary plugs or ground. Nails
will not be permitted.
Sections shall be neatly and accurately cut so as to avoid splitting of the wood.
AC. HARDWOODS
Hardwoods are as described.
In jointed panels each piece shall be of the same species. Joinery for oiling shall have all surfaces of the
same species and same character of grain.
Fixing shall be by means of brass screws with countersunk heads to proprietary plugs or grounds. Where
work is face screwed heads of screws shall finish not less than 6mm below the surface and be covered with
round teak pellets of appropriate thickness. Pellets shall be chosen and fixed so as to match colour and
pattern of grain so far as is practical. Nailing will not be per mitted. Sections shall be neatly and accurately
cut with fine toothed saws.
AD. PLYWOOD
Plywood of the required thickness shall be used. The Contractor will not be allowed to make up thickness
by gluing together sheets of thinner plywood.
Where cutting is required it shall be neatly and accurately performed with fine toothed saws so as to avoid
splitting the face veneers and intermediate plies.
T& SP/52
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
AE. CHIPBOARD
Where cutting is necessary it shall be neatly and accurately performed with fine toothed saws so as to avoid
splitting the face veneers. Where raw edges arise from cutting these shall be faced with a matching
hardwood fillet cut pinned and glued to match factory produced edges.
AF. BLOCKBOARD
Where cutting is necessary it shall be neatly and accurately performed with fine toothed saws so as to avoid
splitting the face veneers. Where raw edges arise from cutting these shall be faced with a matching
hardwood cut pinned and glued to match factory produced edges.
T& SP/53
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
AG. CONSTRUCTION OF DOORS
i. Flush doors specified as solid construction shall have a 100% solid core of vertical laminate Cedar or
equal and approved.
ii. Flush doors specified as semi-sold construction shall be constructed with timber stiles and rails, in
filled with horizontal intermediate rails spaced equally apart and tenoned into stiles.
iii. Unless otherwise specified, doors scheduled to receive a clear or veneered finish shall be lipped on all
edges.
iv. Where panels over doors are specified, such panels shall be constructed in the same way and with the
same materials as the doors above in which they are situated, and the panels shall match the doors in
every respect.
v. For doors specified as plywood faced, the plywood shall not be less than 3mm thick, complying with
the requirements of BS 1455, WBP type. Face veneers shall be Grade 1 for painted doors in every
respect.
vi. All doors shall be provided with lock blocks of minimum size 300mm x 75mm.
vii. Glass beading strips shall be approved wash leather self-adhesive tape turned up over both sides of
the glass and glazing surfaces and turned to the straight line.
viii. All screws shall be countersunk, and screwed and pelleted in un-painted work.
ix. Timber pellets shall be glued and tapped into the hole, making sure the grains line up, and are
carefully trimmed back flush with joinery to give a clear, smooth overall surface.
AI. MOULDINGS
Moulded work shall be accurately worked to the full size details supplied by the Architect. Mouldings
shall be worked on the solid unless otherwise stated.
T& SP/54
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
AK. SCRIBING
Skirting, architraves, plates and other joinery works shall be accurately scribed to fit the contour of the
irregular surface against which they will be required to form a close butt connection.
AL. FINISH
All joinery which is to be oiled and painted shall be finished smooth and cleaned by rubbing down by hand
with fine glass paper.
IRONMONGERY
AO. GENERALLY
i. Ironmongery shall be fixed with suitable screws to match and prices shall include for this
ii. All locks and ironmongery shall be fixed before the woodwork is painted, handles shall be removed
before the painting commences carefully stored and refixed after completion of painting.
iii. All locks, springs and other items of ironmongery with moveable parts shall be properly tested,
cleaned and adjusted where necessary to ensure proper working order at the completion of the
works and left in perfect working order by the contractor.
iv. The keys of all locks shall have labels attached with door references marked on before handling to the
Architect.
v. All locks shall be provided with a master key system and prices shall include for this as required by
the client, and as instructed by the Architect. The client’s requirements are to be obtained by the
contractor before ordering.
PART EIGHT
STRUCTURAL STEELWORK AND OTHER METAL WORK SPECIFICATIONS
A. STEEL QUALITY
Structural steel shall comply with the requirements of B.S.4360 and shall be new and unused. It shall be free
of imperfections, distortion, rust, scales of other deterioration or contamination by grease, paint and similar
items.
T& SP/55
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
B. TESTING
The Engineer may, where he so desires call manufacturer’s work test certificates in respect of all steel, which
tests shall have been performed in accordance with B.S.18. The Engineer may also carry out such further
tests as he may consider necessary.
C. SECTIONS
The dimensions and properties of hot rolled structural steel sections and hollow sections shall be in
accordance with B.S.2, part 1 and 2, or B.S.4848 for metric sized sections.
D. MINIMUM THICKNESS
All steelwork sections other than gauge metal sections, including cleats, gusset plates, etc. shall be not less
than 8mm thick unless specifically indicated on the Drawings.
E. FORGING
All steel for forging and all forgings shall comply with the requirements of B. S. 29, and shall be subject to
inspection and approval of the Engineer.
F. CASTING
All material used in the manufacture of castings and all castings shall comply with the requirements of B.S.
309, 1452 and 3100 and shall be subject to inspection and approval of the Engineer.
The sections shall be cold formed to the basic shapes given in B.S 2994 with the design and details
conforming to Addendum No. 1 to B.S.449 (PD4064).
Section shall be sawn and holes may be punched so as to produce a neat round hole with no distortion.
Holes and cut ends shall be painted with zinc rich paint as soon as possible after cutting.
H. “Z” PURLINS
“Z” purlins shall be fabricated in the longest practicable lengths with staggered joints. All connections shall
have a minimum of four bolts. Sag rods and apex ties shall be provided where indicated.
STRUCTURAL STEELWORK AND OTHER METAL WORK SPECIFICATIONS
T& SP/56
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
I. TUBULAR SECTIONS
For tubular construction, due allowance is to be made for sealing the ends of all tubes and hollow square or
rectangular sections with welding or welded plates. Where end make connections to other members, they
shall be welded on true and square.
Shop joints required in tubular members shall be full penetration but welds on to split backing rings.
J. STORAGE
Steel shall be stored at least 150mm above the ground and protected against rust and corrosion.
K. FABRICATION
Structural steelwork shall be fabricated in accordance with B.S.449.
L. SHOP DRAWINGS
The contractor shall prepare fully detailed working drawings of the structural steelwork and obtain the
Engineer’s approval before commencing any fabrication. The drawing to be submitted at least one week
before it is planned to start fabrication.
M. EDGE PREPARATION
The longitudinal edges of all plates and cover plates forming plate girders or built-up girders and columns
and all edges of gusset plates over 12mm thick shall be machined. Edges which are subsequently wholly
incorporated in weld may be machine flame cut. The abutting ends of the parts of all compression members
including the caps and bases of stanchions, built-up columns and stiffeners transmitting load through direct
contact shall be machined after the members have been fabricated so that all the parts shall be in close
contact when the joint is made. The edges of the other members may be machine flame cut, sawn, sheared
or cropped but hand flame cutting will not be permitted. All burrs shall be removed by grinding, and
sheared and cropped edges shall be dressed.
N. STRAIGHTENING
All plates, bars and rolled sections shall be carefully trued, straightened and taken out of winding by pressure
before they are drilled. Heating or hammering rolled sections and plates will not be permitted.
O. TEMPLATES
The templates throughout the work shall be mild steel. In cases where actual members have been used as
templates for drilling similar pieces, the engineer will decide whether they are fit to be used in the finished
structure.
P. HOLES
All holes in the steelwork shall be drilled out and not punched. Whenever holes are drilled in one
operation through two or more separate parts the parts shall be separated after drilling and the burrs
removed by grinding. All slotted holes shall be finished with sides of the holes straight and parallel.
Q. JOINTS
No joints shall be made in any plate, bar or rolled sections except where shown on the Drawings or described
in the specification.
T& SP/57
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
R. ASSEMBLING AND MARKING
All steelwork shall be inspected in the fabricator’s yard by the Engineer and where directed the steelwork
shall be assembled to check the accuracy and interchangeability of the work. Before dispatch from the
fabricator’s yard all steelwork shall be cleaned down and clearly marked in paint or stencilled and stamped
to facilitate sorting at the site. The markings shall be in conformity with the approved working and erection
drawings.
S. WELDING GENERALLY
No welds will be permitted in any part of the permanent work except where shown or described on the
approved working Drawings. All welding of st eel shall be executed in accordance with the provisions of
B.S.5135 and the workmanship shall be of the highest quality in all respects throughout. All welds shall be
of the appropriate dimensions, they shall be sound, free from porosity, slag inclusion, undercutting and
other defects, and shall be of clean and regular appearance throughout, and the execution shall be such as to
ensure that the parts connected are properly aligned and positioned, free from distortion and so fixed
together as to produce a homogeneous section of the correct dimensions. As much of the welding as is
practicable shall be executed by means of automatic or semi-automatic processes and manual welding shall
be kept to a minimum.
All welders shall have completed the tests described in part 6 or B.S.449 and may be required to carry out
any of those tests in the presence of the Engineer.
T. ELECTRODES
All covered electrodes for the manual metal are welding of grades of steel to B.S4360 shall comply with the
requirements of B.S639 and B.S.1719: part 1. All electrode wires and fluxes for the submerged arc welding
of grades of steel to B.S.4360 shall comply with the requirements of B.S 4164.
All electrodes shall be of a type, size and quality appropriate to the class of work for which they are
intended and shall be supplied by approved manufacturers and shall be of the heaviest gauge consistent
with obtaining adequate penetration. Each batch of electrodes shall be accompanied by the manufacturer’s
certificates stating the date of manufacture, together with certificates giving the results of the initial test and
of the most recent periodic check tests.
All electrodes shall be stored in their original unbroken bundles or packages in a warm dry and well
ventilated place to which the
Engineer shall have access.
All electrodes for welding shall be used strictly in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and shall be
so chosen that the properties of the deposited metal are in no way inferior to those of the parent metal.
T& SP/58
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Under no circumstances shall electrodes be used in a damp condition and any electrodes which have parts
of the flux covering broken away or damaged in any respect whatsoever shall be discarded.
U. WELDING TRIALS
Whenever so directed by the Engineer and prior to the commencement of fabrication, welding and flame
cutting procedure trials shall be carried out on t yp i c a l examples of the various types and categories of
welded members and joints use representative samples of the materials to be employed in the work. These
trials shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer the suitability and adequacy of the methods and
procedures to be adopted in the fabrication.
The samples of material to be used in the aforesaid trials shall be selected and marked by the Engineer
when the materials are inspected at the rolling mills and the various types and categories of members and
joints shall be welded in a manner simulating the most u n f a v o r a b l e conditions that will be experienced
during fabrication or assembly. After completion of welding the various examples shall be sectioned for
subsequent examination and testing.
Any approval by the Engineer of the welding methods and procedures shall in no way limit or restrict the
right and authority of the Engineer to subsequently reject any welds or welded joints that in his opinion
fall below the standard appropriate to the class of work.
V. WELD TESTING
The contractor, his subcontractor and/or his fabricator shall b e responsible for the preparation of all
welded test pieces a s and when required by the Engineer and for the provision, maintenance and efficiency
of all apparatus and equipment necessary to the conducting of such tests in accordance with the procedure
laid down in B.S.709.
Non-destructive testing of welds on completed member and joints shall be carried out by the Engineer
during the course of fabrication as required and any length of weld or any welded joints exhibiting any
defects shall be rejected and all such defects shall be cut out and replaced with sound work. The entire cost
of making good or replacing any such rejection shall be borne by the contractor.
The contractor, his sub-contractor and/or his fabricator, shall be responsible for all preparations necessary
for the carrying out of non-destructive testing of welds on completed members and completed members
and joints to the satisfaction of the Engineer and shall provide all assistance required for conducting such
tests.
T& SP/59
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
W. WELDING PLANT
All plant used for shop and site welding shall be capable of maintaining at the fusion face the voltage and
current specified by the manufacturer of the electrodes and the contractor, his sub-contractor and/or his
fabricator shall provide the necessary instruments for measuring the voltage and current as and when
required by the engineer.
X. BOLTS
Black bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with B.S. 4190 and shall have their bearing faces machined.
Close tolerance bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with B.S3692 and shall have their bearing faces
machined, be turned on the shank and shall be screwed with unified coarse threads to B.S.1580. Flat and
taper steel washers shall be in accordance with B.S4320. Washers shall be provided under the nuts of all
black bolts and close tolerance bolts so that the nut, when screwed up tight, does not bear on the shank of
the bolt.
Taper washers of correct angle of taper shall be provided under all bolt-heads and nuts that are required to
bear on bevelled surfaces.
Non load indicating bolts or washers may be used with prior approval of the Engineer. The part-turn
method of tightening shall be used with these bolts.
All bolts shall have clear distinctive marks to identify them. The bolts and washers shall be electro-zinc
plated or zinc coated sherardizing and the nuts cadmium plated by the manufacturer to ensure that the nuts
do not cease under tension. All components shall be stored carefully to ensure no deterioration of finish.
T& SP/60
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
AA. SURFACES
Surfaces of plates in joints shall be free of paint or any other applied finish (except galvanizing), oil, dirt,
rust, loose scale, burrs or other defects which would prevent solid seating of the parts or would interfere with
the development of friction between them.
T& SP/61
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
AH. PART TURN TIGHTENING
In certain circumstances the part turn method may be permitted. The sequence of tightening bolts in a group
shall be agreed beforehand with the Engineer. The bolts shall be tightened initially with a standard podger
spanner to bring the joint surfaces into close contact. This must be checked before the tightening process is
completed.
A permanent mark shall be cut on the nut and protruding end of the bolt using a cold chisel and the nut
finally tightened with an impact wrench to turn it relative to the bolt and specified amount to produce the
required minimum tension.
AI. SHOULDERED BOLTS AND NUTS
Shouldered bolts and nuts shall be black bolts and nuts in accordance with B.S.2078 and shall be screwed
with unified coarse threads to B.S. 1580 and shall be of the dimensions shown on the Drawings.
Shouldered bolts shall be provided at all expansion and other sliding joints and shall be supplied with all
necessary washers.
AJ. ANCHOR BOLTS AND NUTS
Anchor bolts and nuts for setting in concrete shall be as shown on the Drawings or as approved by the
Engineer and shall be fixed in accordance with the manufacturer’s technical information sheets giving
full particulars of the bolts including the mechanical properties of the bolts, the safe working loads and
methods of fixing and usage.
AK. PACKING FOR SHIPMENT
All cleats, gussets, stiffeners, brackets and other projecting material arising out of fabrication shall be
protected from damage while being transported in such a manner as to prevent distortion. All machine
surfaces shall be suitably protected. All straight bars, except small pieces, shall be shipped in bundles of
convenient size and shall be temporarily bolted together or bound with annealed steel wire.
All bolts, nuts, washers, screws, small pieces and other small articles shall be adequately packed in crate or
other suitable containers. Each piece, packing, bundle and crate shall be clearly marked with its weight and
with the appropriate shipping marks before despatch from the fabricator’s yard.
AL. ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEELWORK
The erection of all structural steelwork at the site shall be in accordance with the provision of B.S.449.
When lifting and fitting steelwork into position care shall be taken that the members are not twisted, bent or
damaged.
Suitable slings, blocks, tackles, shear legs, derrick, cranes and other types of lifting appliances and
equipment shall be provided and every care and precaution shall be taken to ensure the safety of all persons
engaged in such work.
T& SP/62
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
The e r e c t i o n of the steelwork shall be carried out in such a manner as not to subject any of the
members to overstressing, or reversal of loading, which the members are not designed to support. During
erection the steelwork shall be securely braced, propped or otherwise temporarily supported until such
time as the steelwork is lined, levelled and braced and bolted in its final position.
AM. ERECTION BY OTHERS
Where the steelwork is to be erected by parties other than the fabricator, then the fabricator shall supply
complete drawings of the steelwork with itemised and numbered pieces corresponding to the references
stencilled on the actual pieces together with all necessary bolts, washers of all kinds required for the
complete erection of the steelwork. The fabricator shall also provide any special instructions on the method
and sequence of erection and any notes maintaining stability, or pointing out any erection procedures which
can cause overstress or collapse.
The erector, if in doubt of any methods proposed by himself or laid down by the fabricator shall consult
with the Engineer and the fabricator before continuing.
Notwithstanding all instructions the responsibility for erection in a proper manner shall lie with the erector.
AN. SETTING OUT
The steelwork shall be set out accurately to line and level and plumbed vertically (or such other angle as
required) in accordance with the Drawings and no permanent fixing or final tightening up of the bolts or
other connections or concreting in of steelwork shall be carried out until the steelwork has been approved by
the Engineer.
AO. HOLDING DOWN BOLTS
Holding down bolts shall normally be placed and concreted in by the main contractor. The steelwork
erector shall check the accuracy of the position and level of the bolts before the bolts are concreted in.
Any pockets formed for adjustment or placing of the bolts after the main concrete base is cast shall be as
shown on the Drawings or to the Engineer’s approval.
AP. BEDDING OF BASE PLATES
Steel stanchions with base plates shall be supported on steel shims or wedges to obtain the correct line and
level of the stanchions and the holding down bolts tightened by hand. Prior to bedding the base plates, the
space under the plates shall be cleaned out.
The base plates shall be bedded using cement/sand 1:2 mortar with sufficient water to make the mortar flow
under pressure or by vibration or by rodding until the whole space under the base is completely filled. The
steel shims or wedges shall be left in. After hardening of the mortar the holding down bolt shall be
tightened by spanner as required.
AQ. CONCRETING IN OF MEMBERS
Where any portion of a steel member is designed to be cast into concrete, the surfaces in contact with
concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of paint or other adherent matter.
T& SP/63
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
When members are to be concrete in, whether supplied with temporary positioning bolts or otherwise,
they shall be lined and levelled and plumbed and firmly supported before concreting in.
If base plates are shown on the drawings, these shall be grouted in as above prior to concreting.
AR. NAILS, SCREWS AND BOLTS
Nails, screws and bolts shall be of best quality mild steel of lengths and weights approved by the
Architect. Nails shall be to
B.S.1202 and bolts to B.S.916.
Bolts shall project at least two threads through nuts and all bolts passing through timber shall have washers
under heads and nuts.
AS. FIXING METAL WINDOWS, DOORS, ETC
The contractor’s prices for fixing metal windows, doors, etc., shall include for assembling and fixing,
including screwing to wood frames and cutting mortices for lugs in concrete or walling and running with
cement mortar (1:4), bedding frames in similar mortar and pointing in mastic, bedding sills, transomes,
mullions in mastic, making good plaster around both sides, and fixing , oiling and adjusting all fittings and
frames.
AT. METAL WINDOWS
Metal windows shall be steel standard section windows supplied and installed by the contractor or an
approved specialist, sub- contractor. In the case of a specialist sub-contractor, the contractor shall provide
any general or special attendance as may be required by the sub-contractor.
PART NINE
FINISHINGS SPECIFICATIONS FINISHINGS
GENERAL
A. OTHER SPECIFICATIONS
All other specifications of this contract where applicable are deemed to apply equally to the finishing
specifications.
B SAMPLES
The contractor shall prepare at his own cost sample areas of the paving, plastering and rendering as
directed until the quality, texture and finish required is obtained and approved by the Architect after which
all work executed shall conform with the respective approved samples.
C FINISHED THICKNESSES
The thicknesses of floor finishes quoted in this section of the specification shall be the minimum
requirements.
T& SP/64
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Suspended floors shall have a constant structural thickness and have level top surfaces. The finished floor
surface will equally have constant level and any adjustment needed to achieve this effect with the varying
floor finish materials is to be made in the screeds beneath the same.
Slabs bearing on the ground may be cast t o varying levels, and be of constant thickness with varying
formation levels, or have varying thicknesses at the option of the contractor. This stipulation in no way
relieves the contractor of the requirements of the specifications for the structural work.
D MATERIALS GENERALLY
All materials shall be of high quality, obtained from manufacturer’s to be approved by the Architect.
Cement, sand and water shall be as described under concrete work and Blockwork.
E BONDING
Bonding compounds, etc., for use in applying plaster and similar finishes direct to surfaces without the use of
backings or screeds are only to be used if approved by the architect and are to be used strictly in accordance
with the manufacturer’s printed instructions.
G GENERALLY
The term plastering refers to the operation internally and rendering to the same operation externally but for
ease of reference the term plastering has generally been used in this specification to describe both
operations.
H MIXES
The methods of measuring and mixing plaster shall be as laid down under concrete work and the
proportions and minimum thickness of finished plaster shall be in accordance with the following:-
To obtain greater plasticity a small quantity of lime may be added to the mixes for external plastering at the
Architect’s discretion but in any case this is not to exceed ¼ part lime to 1 part cement.
With regard to the lime mortars gauged with cement, of the cement to small quantities of the lime/sand
mix shall preferably take place in a mechanical mixer and mixing shall continue for such time as will
ensure uniform distribution or materials and uniform colour and consistency. It is important to note that
the quality of water used shall be carefully controlled. Plaster may be mixed either in a mechanical mixing
machine or by hand.
Hand mixed plaster shall first be mixed in the dry state being turned over at least three times. The required
amount of water should then be added and the mix again turned over three times or until such time as the
mass is uniform in colour and homogeneous.
The plaster shall be completely used within thirty minutes of mixing and hardened plaster shall not be
remixed but removed from the site.
All surfaces to be plastered or rendered shall be clean and free from dust, loose mortar and all traces of
salts. All surfaces shall be thoroughly sprayed with water and all free water allowed to disappear before
plaster is applied.
T& SP/66
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
As far as practical plastering shall not be commenced until all mechanical and electrical services, conduits,
pipes and fixtures have been installed.
Before plastering is commenced all junctions between differing materials shall be reinforced. This shall
apply where walls join columns and beams, particularly where flush and similar situations where cracks are
likely to develop and as directed by the Architect. The reinforcement shall consist of a strip of galvanized
wire mesh. Expament or equal approved 15cm wide which shall be plugged, nailed or stapled as required at
intervals not exceeding 45mm at both edges. The surfaces to which such mesh shall be applied shall be
painted with one coat bituminous paint prior to fixing the mesh.
All plastering and rendering shall be executed in a neat workman like manner. All faces except circular
work shall be true a nd flat and angles shall be straight and level or plumb. Plastering shall be neatly made
good around pipes or fittings. Angles shall be rounded to 6 mm radius.
All tools, implements, vessels and surfaces shall be at all times kept scrupulously clean and strict
precautions shall be taken to prevent the plaster or other materials from being contaminated by pieces of
partially set material which would tend to retard or accelerate the setting time.
K CURING OF PLASTER
Each coat of plaster is to be maintained in a moist condition for at least three days after it has developed
enough strength not to be damaged by water.
T& SP/67
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
They shall be securely plugged, nailed or stapled as required at intervals not exceeding 450mm at both
edges.
C ANGLE BEADS
Where required by the Architect, salient external angles of plastered walls shall be protected with galvanised
mild steel angle beads complying with BS 1246 Fig.7 profile C3.
They shall be securely plugged, nailed or stapled as required at intervals not exceeding 450mm at both edges.
A PLASTER STOPS
Where shown on details, plasterwork shall be stopped against “expamet” galvanized steel plaster stop
reference 565 which shall be securely nailed to wall in the positions indicated on the drawings.
C GRANOLITHIC PAVING
The granolithic paving shall be laid by a specialist floor layer and constructed as follows:-
Curing compounds if specified or approved by the Architect shall be used in strict accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.
Surface hardening solutions of sodium silicate if purchased as liquid shall be of the grade sold for this
purpose. Fourteen days after curing the surface shall be sprayed with three coats of sodium silicate solution
and spread evenly with a mop or soft brush. Unabsorbed silicate left on the surface after the last application
is to be washed off.
Solution is to 1:4 by volume for first coat, 1:3 for second, 1:2 for third, applied at 24 hour intervals.
The base concrete structural floor shall be finished with a tamped surface.
Shortly before the granolithic topping is to be laid the surface of the base concrete is to be thoroughly
prepared to provide a good bond. The base concrete shall be hacked by hand or mechanically so that its
laitance is completely removed to expose clean coarse aggregate. All traces of dust formed as a result of
hacking etc., shall be removed. The base concrete shall be thoroughly wetted prior to laying. Any excess
water shall be removed prior to the grouting.
The prepared surface of the base concrete shall be covered with a grout consisting of one part cement and
one part sand mixed to the consistency of thick cream and it shall be scrubbed into the surface with a stiff
broom.
T& SP/68
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
The granolithic topping shall be mixed in the following proportions by weight:-
1 part cement, 1 part fine aggregate and 2 parts coarse aggregate.
The water content of the granolithic topping shall be kept as low as possible consistent with obtaining full
compaction of the topping with the plant available in order to avoid segregation of excessive laitance and in
no circumstances must water/cement ratio exceed
0.42 by weight.
The granolithic topping shall be mixed for a period of not less than 11/2 minutes after all the materials have
been placed in the mixer drum. No concrete shall be removed from the drum so that some water will
enter the drum before the cement and aggregates. Each batch shall be discharged completely before the
next batch is introduced. No extra water or other material shall be added to the mix after it has left the
mixer.
If electrical conduit, trunking or any other items are required to be buried within the granolithic topping and
the thickness is reduced at any point the contractor is to ensure that steps are taken to eliminate the
possibility of cracking in the granolithic topping by means of galvanized wire mesh reinforcement in the
flooring or other approved method. The extent of buried conduits, etc., should be ascertained prior to
tendering and allowance for complying with this requirement will be deemed to be included in the rates for
granolithic flooring.
The granolithic toping shall be laid in areas not exceeding 14M2. The length of any bay should not exceed
1½ times the width of that bay. Joints shall be made in the granolithic topping over all joints in the base
concrete and over all supporting beams for suspended floors.
Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings all contraction and construction joints in the granolithic topping
shall be simple but joints without a filler.
The forms shall be fixed rigidly on a firm foundation and supported throughout their length so that they
will not be disturbed by the spreading and compacting of the concrete.
The forms shall be true to line within + or -1mm and to level within + or -2mm. The forms shall be set
well in advance of laying the topping and shall be checked for level immediately before concreting starts.
The granolithic topping shall be placed as soon as possible after being mixed in two courses each 31mm
thick. In no circumstances should the depth of granolithic spread in one operation be greater than that which
can be fully compacted by the means available. No more than 1 hour should elapse between placing the
courses. The mix proportions and water content of the granolithic shall be identical in each course.
T& SP/69
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
The lower course must be compacted before the upper course and each course of topping shall be fully
compacted with neither segregation nor excessive laitance. Particular care shall be taken to ensure full
compaction of the concrete should be placed to an adequate surcharge to ensure full compaction.
After the topping concrete has been placed, levelled and fully compacted it shall be trowelled at least three
times at intervals during the ensuing 6 - 10 hours so as to produce a uniform and hard surface with high
resistance to abrasion. Under no circumstances should cement be sprinkled on the surface and trowelled in
to absorb surplus water.
As soon as the surface has been finished it shall be protected against rapid drying out by erecting barriers
against wind or draughts and against strong sunlight. As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to
prevent damage to its surface the floor shall be cured continuously for a minimum of 7 days by one of the
following means:-
i. By means of wet canvas or straw mats or 50mm thickness of damp sand laid on the surface and kept
continuously damp in position for the full curing period.
ii. By means of building paper, plastic or other waterproofing sheeting which shall be kept in close
contact with the surface of the concrete. The covering overlap the sides and ends of the slab and
shall be lapped 75mm at all joints. The covering shall be securely held in position for the full curing
period.
iii. By spraying the surface with an approved proprietary curing medium not less than one gallon of
which shall be applied to every 20 m2 of surface.
At the end of the curing period the contractor shall take all precautions required by the Architect to ensure
that the floor will dry out slowly. Under no circumstance will artificial heating be permitted in the building
for a period of at least six weeks after the topping has been laid and thereafter the temperature shall not be
increased rapidly.
Side forms shall not be removed from freshly pl aced granolithic until it is at least 12 months old and then
only with the Architect’s approval. Care shall be taken to avoid damaging the granolithic. If any damage
occurs the contractor will be responsible for making good to the Architect’s satisfaction.
T& SP/70
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Before laying the screed the surface shall be covered with a grout of one part sand and one part cement
brushed in with stiff broom. The screed is to be laid before the grout has set.
All screeds under in-situ and precast terrazzo paving are to be laid by the approved specialist firm. The
screeds shall consist of one part ordinary Portland cement to three parts sharp washed sand. This mix may
be varied by agreement on the responsibility of the approved specialist firm.
The screed is to be reinforced with 22 gauge galvanized steel wire netting with mesh not exceeding 1” laid
direct on the sub-floor of bays exceeding 1 square metre.
The screed backing in-situ skirting’s to be such as to adhere firmly to the various materials of the walls.
The thickness of in-situ terrazzo finishes are minimal and they may be increased if the specialist considers
it necessary with corresponding reductions to the screed thicknesses providing the overall thickness of the
finished flooring is maintained and without adjustment to the price quoted. The following thicknesses are
assumed in measuring the terrazzo:-
If electrical conduit, trunking or other items are required to be buried within the depth of the screed and
flooring and the total thickness is reduced at any point the flooring specialist is to ensure that steps are taken
to eliminate the possibility of cracking in the screed and consequent damage to floor finish by means of
galvanised wire mesh reinforcement in the screed and flooring or other approved method. The extent of
buried conduit, etc., should be ascertained prior to tendering and allowance for complying with this
requirement will be deemed to be included in the rates for terrazzo paving’s and screeds under.
The in-situ terrazzo paving is to consist of two parts of white marble chippings to one part of white
Portland Cement to B.S.1014. The marble chippings to be fine (graded 3mm to 6mm in equal
proportions) rounded granular clean and free from dust and impurities.
In-situ terrazzo paving should be laid on the screed as soon as practicable and not more than three days
after the laying of the screed. After laying the surfaces are to be kept moist until ready for polishing.
T& SP/71
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
The in-situ terrazzo paving should be laid in panels separated by dividing strips in the positions shown on
the drawings. Dividing strips are to be white plastic the full depth of the paving and screed and bedded into
the screed with the tip edges truly levelled with the finish polished floor level. The thickness of the dividing
strips is to be 5mm.
Polishing of in-situ terrazzo paving is to be carried out by a mechanical polisher with graded abrasives and
any necessary water. Making good of any defects during polishing is to be done with cement grout matching
in colour that used in the terrazzo paving.
The finish of in-situ terrazzo pavings is to be smooth and imperforable and is to be approved by the
Architect.
The terrazzo pavings is to be washed clean on completion and covered with a thick bed of sawdust or other
approved protective layer. This should be maintained and renewed as necessary and cleared away on
completion.
Lay in-situ skirtings to match paving or of approved colour and finish coved at junction with paving of
floor finish to 20mm radius. Execute all required angles and stopped or fair returned ends.
Vertical dividing strips to match those used in paving are required at not more than three feet intervals. A
diving strip is required between paving and skirting at the commencement of the coving.
Facing of diving strip nearest to wall to be 200mm from face of skirting.
A horizontal diving strip is required at top skirting finished flush with wall finish over.
Where in-situ terrazzo skirtings are required under door frames, etc., a pencil round junction is to be made
threshold paving in lieu of coving as shown on drawings.
In-situ margins shall have dividing strips to match those used in pavings. They shall be positioned at
junctions with paving and skirting and transversely at not more than three feet intervals to continue vertical
strip in skirting.
All internal angles and coves a r e to be rubbed by hand with carborundum block to be polished finish
matching the finish of the paving to the Architect’s approval.
T& SP/72
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
A SURFACE HARDENERS
Floor hardeners shall comprise an approved type guaranteed by the makers to produce a hard dense
concrete with high abrasive resistance, impervious to the penetration of heavy oils, acid or alkali solutions
and to be used strictly in accordance with the maker’s instructions.
The first dressing of sodium silicate for granolithic flooring shall be one part of sodium silicate to six parts
of water by volume. Subsequent dressing shall be composed of one part of sodium silicate to four parts of
water by volume, for all surfaces. The two liquids shall be well mixed together, sprayed over the flooring
and spread evenly with a mop or soft brush, any excess being wiped off and the flooring allowed to dry at
least 24 hours after dressing. After final drying, floors shall be washed with clean water.
T& SP/73
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
D GLAZED WALL TILES
Glazed wall tiles shall be in accordance with B.S1281 and shall be 150mm x 150mm x 6mm tiles from the
standard colour range with cushion edges. Wall tiling shall be carried out in accordance with C. P.212.
E PRECAST CONCRETE PAVING SLAB
To be all in accordance with B.S.368. The slabs are to be of the sizes given herein and bedded, jointed and
pointed in cement lime mortar. (1:2:9).
F RATES
The rates for tile, slab and block finishing shall include for rounded edge tiles and angles, cutting and
fitting up to boundaries and around pipes, brackets, etc., and waste; for work in narrow widths, small and
isolated areas and for all other incidental labours.
PART TEN
GLAZING
MATERIALS
A GENERAL
Glass used in glazing and for mirrors shall be best quality clear glass free from visible defects so as to afford
uninterrupted vision or reflection as appropriate, and without obvious distortion.
B STANDARDS
Glass for glazing and mirrors shall be of approved manufacture and is to comply with B.S.952 in all
respects free from flaws, bubbles, specks and other imperfections.
C CLEAR SHEET GLASS ETC.
The clear sheet glass shall be ordinary glazing (OG) quality.
D PLATE GLASS
To be of type described and as approved by the Architect.
E OBSCURED GLASS
To be of type described and as approved by the Architect.
I Putty
i. The putty for glazing to wood sashes is to be linseed oil putty all as B.S.544.
ii. The putty for glazing to metal windows is to be gold size metal window putty specially designed for
tropical use, or patent mastic putty if approved by the Architect.
iii. All putty shall be delivered on site in the original manufacturer’s sealed cans or drums and used
direct therefrom, with the addition only of pure linseed oil if necessary. No mineral or other oils may
be used in the putty except genuine linseed oil.
T& SP/74
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
A MIRRORS
Mirrors shall be polished float glass silverin quality, protected at back with electro-copper backing coated
with shellac varnish and paint. The mirrors are to be fixed with chromium plated dome headed mirror
screws with plastic or rubber distance pieces and washers unless otherwise stated and rates shall include for
this.
WORKMANSHIP
B GENERAL
Glazing of all types and in all locations shall be carefully executed by artisans skilled in this type of work
and in conformance with recommendations of C.P.152. Glazing shall be carefully fitted so that it is not
subject to pressure and stress imposed by being an overtight fit within the framing.
C MEASUREMENTS
Each element (door, window etc.) to receive glass shall be accurately measured to ensure a perfect fit
subsequently.
D SINGLE GLAZING
Single glazing shall be executed with glass of the various types described herein. Ordinary (non –safety)
glass may be pre-cut or cut on site.
E WIRED GLASS
Wired glass shall be cut so that the wires embedded are truly vertical and horizontal (i.e at right angles to the
cut edges).
F SAFETY GLASS
Safety glass shall be factory cut before delivery to site. Site cutting will not be permitted.
T& SP/75
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
H PROTECTION
After fixing glass shall be boldly marked with paper or whitewash so that it is clearly visible. In positions
where damage due to construction traffic or activity is likely to occur stout screens composed of hardboard
or fiberboard on battens shall be arranged to protect the glass.
A DAMAGE
Should any glass delivered to site be found to be damaged it shall not be incorporated into the works without
the express permission of the Architect. Should glazing installed be damaged for any reason it shall be
removed and replaced free of charge to the satisfaction of the Architect. Should any adjacent works be
damaged this shall equally be reinstated free of charge to the satisfaction of the Architect.
B DEFECT WORK
All glass shall be checked before installation to ensure that defective glass is not installed. Notwithstanding
this, if in the opinion of the Architect, any installed glazing is defective it shall be removed and replaced
free of charge to the satisfaction of the Architect.
C GLAZING TO WOOD
Glazing shall be secured to wood framing with hardwood beads. Edges shall be wrapped in wash leather
so that the wash leather finishes just below the surface of the bead. No adhesives shall be used.
D GLAZING TO METAL
Glazing shall be secured to metal framing with clip in butyl rubber gaskets.
E GLASS THICKNESS
Glass thickness shall conform to the recommendations of C.P.152 and the manufacturer’s
recommendations for sizes of panes relative to the position in the building and the effects of wind pressure
(both negative and positive).
F CLEANING
All window glazed panels and mirrors shall be cleaned both inside and out immediately prior to the
handing over of the building to satisfaction of the Architect.
PART ELEVEN
SPECIFICATIONS PAINTING & DECORATING PAINTING AND DECORATING
MATERIALS
A MANUFACTURERS
T& SP/76
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Except where stated all materials shall be obtained from approved manufacturers. The contractor shall state
the name and address of the manufacturer whose materials he proposes to use. Once approval has been
given the contractor shall not obtain materials from other sources without the prior written agreement of the
Architect.
B GENERAL
Each succeeding coat of priming, undercoating and finishing (pigment) or clear coating shall be sufficiently
different in colour as to be readily distinguishable.
All primers and paints in one system upon a particular surface shall be obtained from the same manufacturer.
The mixing of paints, etc, of difference brands before or during application will not be permitted.
C EMULSION PAINTS
Emulsion paints shall be matt to satin finish vinyl emulsion paint. The first (mist) coat shall be thinned
in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
D GLOSS PAINT
Gloss paint shall be hard gloss finish oil paint.
F CLEAR FINISHES
Clear finishes internally shall be clear polyurethane varnish (one pack).
H KNOTTING
Shellac knotting shall comply with B.S 1336
A WHITE SPIRIT
The white spirit shall comply with B.S. 245.
B TIMBER STAIN
T& SP/77
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Timber stain shall be oil based pigmented stain. The application of this material shall be strictly in
accordance with the manufacturers written instructions. Tint and degree of application shall be to the
approval of the Architect.
C STOPPING
The stopping shall be as follows:-
i. Plasterwork shall be plaster based filler.
ii. Concrete and brick work shall be similar material to the background and finished in a similar texture.
iii. Internal woodwork, plywood and block board shall be putty complying with B.S.544.
iv. External woodwork shall be white lead paste complying with B.S 2029.
v. Internal clear wood finishes: the stopping shall be that recommended by the clear lacquer
manufacturer.
D FILLERS
The fillers for internal joinery shall be the type recommended by the paint manufacturer for use with his type
of paint or lacquer. Stopper and fillers shall be tinted to match the under coat, and shall be compatible with
both undercoats and primers. All materials shall be used strictly in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions.
E TEXTURED COATING
Textured coating is to be of proprietary manufacture approved by the architect and of an approved colour.
Technical information concerning the coating is to be submitted to the Architect before ordering, but the
minimum qualities of the coating are to as follows:-
i. Suitable for application internally and externally, plastered, rendered, concrete, block stone, brick,
asbestos and timber surfaces.
ii. Minimum durability of 10 years even in exposed conditions
iii. Maintenance free
iv. Built- in mould resistant fungicide.
WORKMANSHIP
A GENERAL
Workmanship generally shall be carried out in accordance with B.S.C.P 231, unless otherwise specified.
Before painting is commenced floors shall be swept and washed over; surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned
before applying paint as specified, and all precautions taken to keep down dust whilst work is in progress.
No paint shall be applied to surfaces structurally or superficially damp and all surfaces must be ascertained
to be free from condensation, efflorescence, etc.., before the application of each coat. No painting shall be
T& SP/78
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
carried out externally during humid, rainy, damp, foggy or freezing conditions or conditions where surfaces
have attained excessively high temperatures or during dust storms. No new primed or undercoated
woodwork and metal work shall be left in an exposed or unsuitable situation for an undue period before
completing the process.
No dilution of paint materials shall be allowed except strictly as detailed by the manufacturer’s own
direction, either on the containers, or their literature, or with special permission of the Architect. For
external work dilution of paints will not be allowed whatsoever. For internal work, where permitted by the
Architect, undercoats may be thinned by the addition of not more than 5% thinners. Gloss finish shall not
be thinned at all.
Metal fittings such as ironmongery etc., not required to be painted shall first be fitted and then removed
before the preparatory processes are commenced. When all paining is completed the fittings shall be cleaned
as necessary and refixed in position.
B BRUSHWORK
Unless otherwise specified, all primers and paints shall be brush applied. Written permission must be
obtained from the Architect’s if an alternative method of application is to be used.
C STOPPING AND FILLING
Unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer all primers and undercoats shall be stopped flush and
rubbed down to a smooth surface with an abrasive paper and all dust removed before each succeeding
coat is applied. Care shall be taken to prevent burnishing of the surface.
D STIRRING
Unless otherwise specified by the paint manufacturer all paint materials shall be thoroughly mixed and/or
stirred before and during use, and suitably strained as and when necessary.
E INSPECTION
No priming coats shall be applied until the surfaces have been inspected and the preparatory work has
been approved by the
Architect. No undercoats of finishing coats shall be applied until the previous coat has been similarly
inspected and approved.
A. PAINT APPLICATION
Each coat of paint shall be so applied as to produce a film of uniform thickness. All paint shall be applied
in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Special attention shall be given to ensure that all
surfaces including edges, corners, crevices, welds and rivets receive a film thickness equivalent to that of
adjacent painted surfaces.
B DRYING
All coats shall be thoroughly dried before succeeding coats are applied. Allow a minimum of 24 hours
between application on any one surface, unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer.
T& SP/79
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
C UPRIMED WOODWORKS
Unprimed woodwork scheduled to be painted shall be rubbed down with abrasive paper and dusted off.
Care shall be taken to prevent ‘burnishing’ of the surface. All knots and resinous areas shall be coated
with two coats of knotting. Pitch on large, open unseasoned knots and all other beads or streaks of pitch
shall be scrapped off, or if still soft, shall be removed with white spirit before applying the knotting.
Apply one coat of priming to all surface, two coats to all end grain, to be subsequently painted. Backs of all
wood frames in contact with concrete, brickwork, blockwork, and metalwork or similar materials shall be
primed before fixing. After priming all joints, holes, cracks shall be stopped and filled, rubbed down and
dusted off.
D PRIMED WOODWORK
Woodwork delivered primed shall be lightly rubbed down with abrasive paper, and dusted off. Touch up
bare areas with a similar priming including open grained ends. After touch priming all joints holes, cracks
and open grained ends shall be stopped and filled, rubbed down and dusted off.
E PLYWOOD AND BLOCKBOARD
Edges of exterior plywood and blockboard shall be sealed with two coats of aluminium primer and the
backs treated with a lead primer.
T& SP/80
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
If t he priming coat of pre-primed metalwork has suffered damage in transit, or during erection on site, the
affected areas shall be cleaned off by wire brushing abrading and dusting off, the bared patches touched up
with a primer of a similar type to that already applied.
C COPPER
Copper scheduled for painting shall be lightly abraded with emery cloth, washed with white spirit and
wiped dry with clean rags. Apply a coat of each primer immediately the cleaned surfaces have been
approved.
D BRICKWORK, CONCRETE ETC.
All brickwork, blockwork, concrete, rendered and plaster surfaces scheduled to be painted shall be brushed
down, all holes and cracks filled, all projections such as plaster or mortar splashes etc., removed to leave a
suitable dust free surface. All traces of mould oil shall be removed from concrete surfaces by scrubbing
with water, detergent and rinsing with clean water. All these surfaces shall be thoroughly dry before any
primer or paints are applied. Apply a coat of alkali resisting primer where surf aces are to be finished with
oil paints or alkyd type emulsion.
Asbestos cement surfaces scheduled for painting shall be brushed down to remove powdery deposits, and a
coat of alkali resisting primer applied where such surfaces are to be finished with oil paints or alkyed resin
type emulsion.
E COLOURS
The colour will, be selected by the Architect from the paint manufacturer’s standard colour range.
F TOXIC WASH
Concrete, blockwork, plaster and timber surfaces which are to be painted shall be washed down prior to
painting with a toxic wash applied by brush or spray. A second wash shall be applied two days after the
first wash. The surfaces shall be then allowed to dry out completely before application of paint.
G PROTECTION
Proper care must be taken to protect surfaces while still wet by use of screens and ‘wet paint’ signs where
necessary.
A DAMAGE
Care must be taken when preparing surfaces, or painting etc., not to stain or damage other work. Dust
sheets and covers to the satisfaction of the Architects shall be used to protect adjacent work. Any such
stains or damage shall be removed and made good at the Contractor’s expense.
T& SP/81
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
B CLEANLINESS
All brushes, tools ,pails, kettles and equipment shall be clean and free from foreign matter. They shall be
thoroughly cle aned after use and before being used for different colours, types of classes of material.
Painting shall not be carried out in the vicinity of other operations that may cause dust. Waste liquids , oil
soaked rag etc., shall be removed from the building each day. Waste liquids shall not be thrown down in
any sanitary fittings or drains.
C PERFORMANCE
If, while the work is in progress, the paint appears to be faulty, such as consistency of colour, drying time,
or quality of finish, the work shall be stopped at once and the manufacturer consulted.
The manufacturers of the materials shall be given every facility for inspecting the work during progress in
order to ascertain that the materials are being used in accordance to their directions, and to take samples of
their products from the site if they so desire for tests.
The finishing coats of the various paints or surface finishing shall be free from sags, brush marks, runs,
wrinkling, dust, bare or ‘starved patches, variations in colour and texture, and other blemishes.
When the work has been completed, the finished surfaces shall not be inferior in quality, colour and finish
to the samples approved by the Architect, and imperfections in manufacture shall not be apparent through
these finished surfaces.
In the event that the Architect is not satisfied that the quality of finish does not comply with the
required standards and/or the sample panel the contractor will be required to repaint at his own expense,
such work to the satisfaction of the Architect. If in the opinion of the Architect it is necessary to remove
completely the unsatisfactory paintwork this shall also be done under the direction of the Architect at the
expense of the contractor.
T& SP/82
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Materials shall be stored under cover in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, and with local fire
and safety regulations. The store itself must be maintained at t e m p e r a t u r e of not less than 50 degrees f
(10 degrees C) and must not be subjected to extreme changes of temperature.
A VINYL EMULSION PAINT
Surfaces to be painted shall receive one mist coat followed by two full coats of vinyl emulsion paint.
Application may be by means of rollers or brushes.
B GLOSS FINISH PAINT
Surfaces to be painted shall be primed then painted with two undercoats followed by one coat gloss finish
paint.
C CLEAR POLYURETHANE VARNISH
Surface to be clear varnished shall be treated with two coats polyurethane varnish
D TEXTURED COATING
The manufacturer’s instructions concerning application of the coating are to be strictly followed under the
direction of the Architect. All surfaces to receive textured coatings are to be clean and dry with surfaces
scrapped and brushed before application o f the coating.
Application of the coating is to be with textured roller or fibre brush as directed by the Architect with a
minimum spreading capacity of
1 kilogramme per square metre. Under no circumstances is the coating to be thinned.
PART TWELVE
PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING
GENERAL
A REGULATIONS ETC.
The whole of the plumbing works is to be executed by a registered plumber and drain layer in strict
accordance with the regulations of the local Authorities and to the satisfaction of the Architect.
MATERIALS
B BLACK STEEL PIPE WORK
All black steel pipework up to 65 mm nominal bore shall be manufactured in accordance with B.S 21. All
fittings shall be malleable iron and manufactured in accordance with B.S 143.
Pipe joints shall be screwed and socketed and sufficient couplings unions shall be allowed so that fittings
can be disconnected without cutting the pipe. Running nipples and long screws shall not be permitted unless
exceptionally approved by the Engineer.
All black steel pipework, 80 mm nominal bore up to 150 mm nominal bore, shall be manufactured to
comply in all respects with the specifications for 65 mm. Pipe, except that screwed and bolted flanges shall
replace unions and couplings for the jointing of pipes to valves and other items of plant.
T& SP/83
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
All flanges shall comply with requirements of B.S. 10, to the relevant classifications contained hereinafter
under section c of the specification.
C GALVANISED STEEL PIPEWORK
Galvanised steel pipework shall be manufactured to comply in all respects with the standards described for
black steel pipework in paragraph (B) above.
Galvanising shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of B.S 1387 and B.S 143 respectively.
D COPPER TUBING
All copper tubing shall be manufactured in accordance with B.S 2871 from C.160’Phosphorus Deoxidized
Non-arsenical copper’ in accordance with B.S 1172.
Pipe joints shall be made with soldered capillary fittings and connections to equipment shall be
with compression fittings manufactured in accordance with B.S 864.
Short copper connection tubes between galvanised pipework and sanitary fitments shall not be used because
of the risk of galvanic action. If, as may occur in certain circumstances, it is not possible to make the
connections in any other way than by the use of copper tubing, then a brass straight connector shall be
positioned between the galvanised pipe and the copper tube in order to prevent direct contact.
All joints on cast iron spigot and socket pipes shall be made with an approved cold caulking compound and
contraction which may take place.
All cast iron pipework branches, tees, bends and other fittings shall be supplied complete with inspection
covers for cleaning purposes. These inspection covers shall be included as part of the fittings and shall
comply with the requirements of B.S 416.
Where cast iron detachable joints are used by connecting pipes, the material shall comply with B.S 1452
and be suitable protected with a non-toxic compound against corrosion.
T& SP/84
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
When jointing components are made in any other material for which there is no B.S specification, then the
materials used shall be of quality not less than that required by this standard.
Rubber jointing rings shall be used for sealing purposes and shall comply with the requirements of B.S
2494, except where they are likely to be contaminated by the oil products, in which case the gaskets shall be
manufactured in accordance with B.S 3514.
All bends, valves and hydrant tees etc., in the line of the watermain shall be adequately achored to resist
thrust due to internal water pressure. A concrete block shall be cast under and around the pipe and between
it and sides of the trench. Well rammed material shall be used to support the pipe and either side of the
concrete.
Pipes shall be uniformly laid on a 75mm thick bed,(the full width of trench) of fine grained materials (sand
or red soil) and must not be allowed to rest on the joint or on stones etc.
In u n d e r g r o u n d installations care shall be taken to ensure that heavy components such as valves are fully
supported so that no weight is carried by the pipeline.
For the protection of the pipe initial backfilling shall be carried out as soon as possible after laying. The
initial backfilling shall be fine grained material thoroughly compacted around the pipe and consolidated to a
depth of 6” above the crown of the pipe and at no time shall heavy rocks, stones or ot her objects be
included in the balance of the backfilling that might protrude through the initial layer and come into contact
with the pipe.
Pipelines shall be tested in sections under an internal water – pressure normally one and a half times the
maximum allowable working pressure for the class of pipe used. Testing shall be carried out as soon as
practicable after laying and when th e pipeline is adequately anchored. Precautions shall be taken to
eliminate all air from the test section and to fill the pipeline slowly to avoid risk of damage due to surge.
Jointing of pipes shall be carried out by means of solvent welding. The manufacturer’s recommended
method of joint preparation and fixing shall be followed.
Standard brackets, as supplied for use with this system , shall be used wherever possible. Where the
building structure renders this impracticable the sub-contractor shall provide purpose made supports, the
centres of which shall not exceed one metre.
Expansion joints shall be provided as indicated. Supporting brackets and pipe clips shall be fixed on each
side of these joints.
The sub-contractor shall supply and fix P.V.C soil pipe and fittings as indicated on the drawings and
schedules. Pipes and fittings shall be in accordance with relevant British Standards, including B.S 4514,
and fixed to the manufacturer’s instructions, and B.S
5572.
The soil system shall incorporate synthetic rubber gaskets as provided by the manufacturers whose fixing
instructions shall be strictly adhered to.
Connections to W.C and pans shall be effected by the use of W.C connector, gasket and cover, sized to suit
pan outlet.
Suitable supporting brackets and pipe clips shall be provided at maximum of one metre centres. The
sub-contractor shall be responsible for the joint into the Gully Trap and Drain as indicated on the drawings.
VALVES
A DRAW-OFF TAPS AND STOP VALVES (UP TO 50 MM NOMINAL BORE)
Draw off taps and valves up to 50 mm nominal bore, unless otherwise stated or specified, for attachment or
connection to sanitary fitments shall be manufactured in accordance with the requirements of B.S 1010.
B GATE VALVES
All gate valves 80 mm nominal bore and above, other than those required for fitting to `buried water
mains shall be of cast iron construction, in accordance with the requirements of B.S. 3464. All gate valves
required for fitting to buried water mains shall be of cast iron construction in accordance with the
requirements of B.S. 1218.
All gate valves up to and including 65 mm nominal bore shall be of bronze construction in accordance with
the requirements of B.S
1952.
T& SP/86
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
The pressure classification of all gate valves shall depend upon the pressure conditions pertaining to the site
of works.
C GLOBE VALVES
All globe valves up to and including 65 mm nominal bore shall be of bronze construction in accordance with
the requirements of B.S
3961.
The pressure classification of all globe valves shall depend upon the pressure conditions pertaining to the
site of works.
T& SP/87
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
E BALL VALVES
All ball valves for use in connection with hot and cold water services shall be of the portsmouth type in
accordance with the requirements of B.S 1212, constructed from bronze or other corrosion resistant
materials. These valves fall into three press ure classifications as follows:-
The pressure classification required for each ball valve will be designated in the description of its associated
equipment contained in section IV of the specification.
Mixing valves for shower fittings and other appliances being provided under the sub-contractor works
shall be manufactured in accordance with the requirements of B.S 1415 from bronze or other corrosion
resistant materials.
C ANTI-SYPHO TRAPS
Where anti-syphon traps are specified, these shall be similar or equal to the range of traps manufactured
by Terrain-their self- resealing Traps or by Marley Extrusions Ltd – their Antisyphon Traps.
PIPES SUPPORTS
D GENERAL
This sub-clause deals with pipe supports securing pipes to the structure of buildings for above ground
application.
T& SP/88
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
The variety and type of supports shall be kept to a minimum and their design shall be such as to facilitate
quick and secure fixing to metal, concrete, masonry or wood.
Consideration shall be given, when designing supports, to the maintenance of desired pipe falls and
the restraining or pipe movements to a longitudinal axial direction only.
The sub-contractor shall supply and install all steelwork forming part of the pipe support assemblies and
shall be responsible for making good any damage to builders work associated with the pipe support
installation.
The sub-contractor shall submit all his proposals for pipe supports to the Engineer for approval
before any erection work commences.
Cast iron and asbestos cement socketed pipes shall generally be supported at every socket joint by means of
either
Cast iron and Asbestos cement spigot socket Jointed pipes
T& SP/89
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
holder bats secured rigidly to the structure, or purpose made straps for attachment to rigid steel support
brackets. When holder bats are used, they shall conform to the requirements of B.S 416.
Suitable anchors shall be provided at all changes of pipe directions, junctions and tees, to counteract the
effect of end thrust loads.
Pipe hangers and trapeze type supports shall not be suitable for the suspension of asbestos pressure
pipes unless they are designed with suitable restrictions to prevent swinging while at the same time
providing the necessary support requirements.
Within building, asbestos pressure pipes shall be carried either on concrete supports or on rigidly fixed steel
wall brackets. Suitable anchors shall be provided at all changes of pipe direction, junctions and tees to
counterpart the effect of end thrust loads.
The sub-contractor shall pay particular care when supporting cast iron and asbestos cement pipes in order to
ensure that settlement and building movement do not break the pipe joints.
Where piping anchors are supplied, they shall be fixed to the main structure only. Details of all anchor
design proposals shall be submitted to the Engineers for approval before erection commences.
The Sub-contractor when arranging his piping shall ensure that no expansion movements are being
transmitted from pumps to piping systems or vice versa.
B JOINTING PIPES
Joints shall be made strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. The sub-contractor shall
make use of the technical advisory services offered by manufacturers for instructing pipe jointers in the
methods of assembling joints.
T& SP/90
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Where manufacturers recommend the use of special jointing tackles, the sub-contractor shall use these for
the assembly of all joints to pipes. Sockets shall be laid looking uphill unless otherwise approved.
Before making any joints, all jointing surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and dried and maintained in such
condition until the joints have been completely made or assembled.
Notwithstanding any flexibility provided in the pipe joints, pipes must be securely positioned to prevent
avoidable movement during and after the making of the joint. The space between the end of the spigot and
the shoulder of the socket of flexibly jointed pipes when jointed shall be as recommended by the
manufacturer or ordered by the Engineer.
After flexibly jointed pipes, other than PVC pipes have been jointed the gaps between the barrel of the pipes
and internal face of the socket shall be sealed with puddle clay, uncaulked rope yarn or other approved
materials. The rope yarn or other material mu st have been treated so as not to support bacterial growth.
Where loose collars are used to join the pipes cut for closers, special tools shall be employed to keep the
inside of the pipes flush and the collar concentric with the pipe while the joint is being made.
Pipes provided with spigot and socket joints of the self-centering instantaneous joint type, such as the rubber
ring push fit joint, shall be laid and jointed strictly in accordance with the makers instructions. Generally
the joint ring shall be cleaned and inspected for cuts and defects, and socket and spigot examined to
e n s u r e free form oil, grease, tar and grit. The makers recommended lubricant will be used.
Insertion rings shall be fitted smoothly to the flange without folds or wrinkles. The face and bolt holes shall
be brought fairly together and the joints shall be made by gradually and evenly tightening bolts in
diametrically opposed positions. Only standard length spanners shall be used to tighten the bolts. The
protective coating if any, of the flange shall be made good when the joint is completed.
T& SP/91
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Bolts threads shall be wrapped with PTFE tape where directed before use. No washers shall be used on
flanged pipework to be laid below ground. Bolts shall be as specified and shall be of the correct length,
leaving a maximum of two threads exposed.
Only the solvent cement recommended by the manufacturer f o r his pipe joint system shall be used and his
instructions on the making of the joint shall be closely followed.
Excess solvent cement shall not be applied to the inside of the pipe socket and all surplus solvent shall be
removed from the joint and the pipe. Any solvent falling on the trench formation shall be removed by
excavating the contaminated soil.
Solvent welded pipes jointed outside the trench shall not be lowered into the place until the elapse of time
recommended by the manufacturer. The time allowed for curing shall be increased with lower temperatures.
CONNECTIONS
C CONNECTION OF TUBING TO COLD STORAGE TANKS, HOT WATER CYLINDERS
AND SANITARY FITTINGS
Each connection of tubing to cold water storage tanks shall be made by drilling a hole in the tank side and
using a long screw, union and two backnuts all well screwed up in red lead. Joints of tubing to flanged and
bossed connections of hot water cylinders shall be made with a boiler screw, union and backnut screwed up
in red lead.
Connections to sanitary fittings shall be made with 450 mm lengths of copper tubing bent to shape as
required with copper to iron coupling at each end, and red lead joint to union of fittings and tubing.
All sanitary-ware and fittings shall be left in a clean and good condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
All fittings shall be fixed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and shall comply with the
general requirements of B.S. code of practice 305 and the particular requirements of the latest applicable
B.S specification.
Lavatory basin brackets shall be cut and pinned to walls in cement mortar including making good rendering,
tiling or plastering etc.
A. PIPE SLEEVES
Main runs of pipework are to be fitted with sleeves where they pass through walls and floors. Generally the
sleeves shall be of PVC. Except where they pass through the structure, where they shall be mild steel. The
T& SP/92
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
sleeves shall have 6 mm – 12 mm clearance all around the pipe, or for insulated pipework all around the
insulation. The sleeve will then be packed with slag wool or similar.
B CUTTING PIPES
Iron pipes shall be cut by a method and with apparatus which provides a clean square cut of the pipe and of
the lining, if any, without damage to pipe or lining.
All cut or trimmed ends, and the parts of any pipe on which the coating may have suffered damage shall be
recoated with bitum en before the pipes are laid. The external area at cut spigot ends of ductile iron pipes
shall be ground for a distance of at least 125 mm.
Asbestos-cement pipes shall be cut by hacksaw or other approved means to a square and even finish
without splitting or fracturing the wall of the pipe. A percentage of the pipes ordered shall be supplied
with fully turned barrels and these pipes will set aside for use in cutting specific lengths. When no fully
turned pipes are available a hand operated turning machine shall be used to prepare the ends of cut pipes for
Johnson Couplings, barrel joints or collar joints.
Pitch-impregnated fibre pipes shall be cut by saw and where necessary the end shall be filled or machined to
the required 2 degrees taper. Concrete pipes shall be cut to a square and even finish without splitting or
fracturing the wall for the pipe. Reinforcement shall be cut back flush with the concrete and bare metal
protected with bituminous paint or cement grout as directed.
Only steel pipes supplied rounded throughout their length shall be used as cut pipes to form closures. The
cutting shall be done by an approved method and apparatus which provides a clean spare cut, without
separation of the lining form the pipe wall. Minor damage to the lining may, of permitted, be repaired on
site in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Where in the opinion of the Engineer the damage is
serious the pipe or special shall be returned to the manufacturer for reconditioning.
Pipes passing through water retaining walls and floors shall, where possible, be built into the structure in-
situ. Shuttering shall be formed closely to the outside of the pipes, and concrete shall be placed and
compacted thoroughly round pipe and puddle flange, if any.
Where fixing in the course of construction is not possible, temporary openings in structures, formed to the
dimensions shown by the Engineer shall be left where indicated or directed to accommodate the subsequent
erection of pipes and special castings. In water retaining structures, they shall taper to a smaller
dimension towards the external faces of structures and shall include wher e indicated a watertop. In
basements, dry chambers at pumping stations etc., temporary openings shall taper to a smaller dimension
towards the internal faces of structures and shall also include, where indicated a waterstop. Prior to in
filling, all surfaces against which fresh concrete is to be placed shall be prepared as specified, while the
external surfaces of pipework shall be prepared as described in this clause.
A SETTING VALVES
Care must be taken to prevent damage to all valves, fire hydrants and the like, and their ancillary
equipment. Valves etc., and ancillary apparatus shall be stored in clean condition and in a manner that
excludes all water. Where directed, head-stock, motors, gearing or indicators shall be removed, adequately
labelled for identification, stored carefully in weather proof premises and be reconnected after erection of
the valves. Frost cocks shall be kept clean and free from obstruction. Electrical equipment shall be
protected from damp and the damp-proofing seals shall remain intact until the electrical is ready to connect
up the equipment.
The gunmetal faces and seats of all valves must be kept clean. No valve shall be closed without first
wiping the faces with a clean cloth. The cavity beneath the valve door shall be thoroughly cleaned by hand.
In the event of accident, fouling matter shall be either dissolved for carefully removed by methods that do
not involve scraping of gunmetal faces.
All valves shall be set so that operating spindles are truly vertical unless otherwise detailed or directed.
Every stuffing box shall be examined when the main is charged with water and leaking boxes shall be
adjusted or replaced with square plaited lubricated hemp packing of approved manufacturer. The stuffing
box shall not be so tightly packed as to materially affect the friction of the packing on the spindle.
No air valve shall be stored before erection in the open in sunlight, or upside down to expose the balls and
air cavities. Air valves shall be checked before the main is charged to ensure that the balls and faces are not
scored or split and that that all passage ways are clean. The installation of special types of valve and
T& SP/94
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
metering equipment must be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. The direction of
opening of the valve shall be indicated on the headstock and on the underside of hydrant covers.
Fire hydrants, frost plugs and similar fittings shall be checked before being incorporated in the line and
before the main is changed to ensure that all passageways are clean. The installation of special types of
valve and metering equipment must be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
The direction of opening of the valve shall be indicated on the headstock and on the underside of hydrant
covers.
The tank will be complete with a pitched or vaulted cover and gable ends of 3 mm thick steel plates lap
jointed and supported on bearers and gable end frames respectively; No. 75 mm square access manhole with
hinged insect proof cover, 1 No. Float operate water lever indicator; and will be provided with internal and
external ladders as follows. Where the tank is constructed to operate in two halves 2 No. Access manholes
and internal ladders will be provided.
The external ladder will have 40 mm x 6 mm mild steel flat stringers with 12 mm diameter mild steel rugs
and will be cleated to the tank at 1.2m intervals. The stringers will be taken 750 mm above the tank cover
and bent to return to the cover of a distance of 450 mm from the edge. This ladder will be complete with 40
mm x 3 mm mild steel flat safety hoops of 600 mm diameter, space at 1 .2 m vertical centres, truly bent and
welded to the stringers. The safety hoops will be joined by 3 No. 40 mm x 3 mm mild steel flat vertical
guard strips, evenly spaced and flat fillet welded to the hoops.
The internal ladders will have 65 mm x 12 mm steel flat stringers with 20 mm diameter mild steel rings and
will be cleated to the tank at 1.2m intervals.
T& SP/95
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
The tank bottom plates will be provided with a single pipe pad for the washout pipe connections and
double pipe pads for all other pipes which pass through the bottom of the tank. The tanks will be provided
and erected complete with all bolts, nuts, washers, internal braces and approved nom-toxic jointing materials
(fibre-glass or bitumen impregnated filler strip or approved equal).
The whole of the tank steelwork and plates will be galvanised as specified before dispatch and after
erection, painted with an approved etching primer and two coats of a bitumen based aluminium paint
externally and two coats of non-toxic black bitumen paint internally, both as specified.
The tank after final erection on its permanent foundation will be filled with water to overflow lever for a
period of 24 hours. Any leaks which become apparent will be made good to the satisfaction of the
Engineer before acceptance of the work. Both halves of the tank will be tested separately.
B WATER SERVICES
Before any joint is made, the pipes shall be hung in their supports and adjusted to ensure that the joining
faces are parallel and any falls which shall be required are achieved without springing the pipe. Where falls
are not shown on the contract Drawing or stated elsewhere in the specification, pipework shall be installed
parallel to the lines of the buildings and as close to the walls, ceilings, columns etc. As is practicable.
T& SP/96
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
All water system shall be provided with sufficient drain points and automatic air vents to enable them to
function correctly. Valves and other user equipment shall be installed with adequate access for
operation and maintenance where valves and other operational equipment are unavoidably installed
beyond normal reach or in such position as to be difficult to reach from a short step ladder, extension
spindles with floor or wall pedestals shall be provided.
Screwed piping shall be installed with a sufficient number of unions to facilitate easy removal of valves and
fittings, without the need to cut the pipe. Full allowance shall be made for the expansion and contraction of
pipework precautions being taken to ensure that any force produced by pipe movements are not transmitted
to valves, equipment or plant.
All screwed joints to piping and fittings shall be made with P.T.F.E. Tape in accordance with B.S 4375.
The test pressure shall be maintained by the pump for about one hour and if the there is any leakage, it
shall be measured b y the quantity of water pumped into the main in that time. A general leakage of one
gallon per 25 mm of diameter, per 1.6 kilometre per
24 hours per 30 metres head, may be considered reasonable but any visible individual leak shall be repaired.
C SANITARY SERVICES
Soil, waster and vent pipe systems shall be installed in accordance with the best standards of modern
practice as described in B.S
5572 to the approval of the Engineer.
The sub-contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all ground floor waste fittings are discharged to a
gulley trap before passing to the sewer via a manhole.
The sub-contractor shall provide all necessary rodding and inspection facilitates within the draining system
in position where easy accessibility is available. Where a branch requires rodding facilities in a position to
which normal access is unobtainable, then that branch shall be extended so as to provide a suitable purpose
made rodding eye in the nearest adjacent wall or floor to which easy access is available. The vent stacks
shall terminate above roof level and where stack passes through roof, a weather skirk shall be provided.
The sub-contractor shall be responsible for sealing the roof after installation of the stacks. The open end of
each stack shall be fitted with a plactic coated, or galvanised steel, wire guard. Access for rooding and
testing shall be provided at the foot of each stack.
A SANITARY APPLIANCES
T& SP/97
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
All sanitary appliances associated with the sub-contract works shall be installed in accordance with the best
standard of modern practice as described in C.P. 305 to the approval of the Architect.
TESTING AND INSPECTION
SITE TESTS – PIPEWORKS SYSTEMS
A long main shall be tested in sections as the work of laying proceeds and all joints shall be exposed for
inspection during the testing.
The open end of the main may be temporarily closed for testing under moderate pressure by fitting a water
pipe expanding plug, of which several types are available. The end of the main and the plug should be
secured by struts or otherwise, to resist the end thrust of the water pressure in the main.
If the section of main terminates with a sluice valve, the wedge of the valve shall not be used to retain the
water, instead the valve shall be fitted temporarily with blank flange, or if a socket valve with a plug and the
wedge shall be placed in the open position while testing. The sub-contractor shall provide suitable end
supports to withstand the end thrust of the water pressure in the main.
If preffered, the sub-contractor may test the pipelines in sections. Any such section found to be satisfactory
need not be the subject of a further test when the system has been completed, unless specifically requested by
the Engineer.
During the test, each branch and joint shall be examined carefully for leaks and any defects revealed shall
be made good by t he sub-contractor and the section re-tested.
The sub-contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent damage occurring to special valves and
fittings during the tests. Any item damaged shall be repaired or replaced at the sub-contractor’s expense.
T& SP/98
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
All soil, waste and ventilating pipe system forming part of the above ground installation, shall be given a
smoke test to a pressure of
38 mm of water gauge and this pressure shall remain constant for a period of not less than three minutes.
Water tests on above ground soil, waste and ventilating pipe systems shall not be permitted.
Pressure test shall be carried out before any work which is to be concealed is finally enclosed.
Any defects revealed by the tests shall be made good by the sub-contractor and the test repeated to the
approval of the Engineer. In all other respects, tests shall comply with the requirements of B.S 5572.
fittings, equipment and plant are functioning correctly to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All hot water
pipework shall be insulated with performed fibre glass sectional lagging to thickness of 25 mm.
Cold water pipework shall be installed with performed fibre glass lagging to a thickness of 25 mm where
the pipe runs above a false ceiling or in areas where the ambient temperature is higher than normal with the
result that pipe sweating, due to condensation will cause nuisance. All lagged pipes which run in a visible
position after erection shall be given a canvas cover and prepared for painting as follows:-
(i) Applying a coating of suitable filler until the canvas weave disappears and allow to dry.
ii) Apply two undercoats of an approved paint and finish in suitable gloss enamel to colours approved
by the Engineer.
All lagging for cold and hot water pipes erected in crawlways, ducts, and above false ceiling which, after
erection are not visible from the corridors or rooms, shall be covered with a reinforced aluminium foil
finish and banded in colours to be approved by the Engineer.
T& SP/99
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
In all respects, unless otherwise stated, the hot and cold water installation shall be carried out in accordance
with the best standards of modern practice as described in C.P.342 and C.P. 310 respectively, to the approval
of the Engineer.
The test pressure shall be applied by means of a manually operated test pump or, in the case of long main or
mains or larger diameter, by a power driven test pump which shall not be left unattended. In either case
precautions shall be taken to ensur e that the required pressure is not exceeded. Pressure gauges should be
recalibrated before the tests. The sub-contractor shall be deemed to have included in his price for all test
pumps, and other equipment required under this clause of the specifications.
The test pressure shall be one and a half times the maximum working pressure except where a pipe is
manufactured form a material for which the relevant B.S specification designates a maximum test pressure as
in the case of cast or spun iron pipes, where the test pressures should not exceed 120, 180 and 240
metre/head of clause B,E or D pipes, respectively.
T& SP/100
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
PART THIRTEEN
SPECIFICATIONS DRAINAGE DRAINAGE
GENERAL
A. REGULATIONS ETC.
The whole of the drainage is to be executed by a registered plumber and drainlayer in strict accordance
with the Regulations of local Authorities and to the satisfaction of the Architect.
MATERIALS
C. PITCH FIBRE PIPES
All pitch fibre pipes and fittings for external services shall be manufactured in accordance with the
requirements of B.S 2760. Pipes shall be connected by means of purpose made tapered joints manufactured
in accordance with B.S 2760.
T& SP/101
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
A CLAY PIPES
Clay pipes and fittings for sewerage or surface water shall comply with the requirements of B.S 65 and
B.S 540 with Type 1 sockets and supplied complete with the manufacturer’s flexible joint.
Clay pipes for use in the construction of french drains shall be British surface water pipes glazed or
unglazed manufacture in accordance with B.S 65 and B.S 540 with Type 2 sockets or plain ended and
supplied with sleeve couplings. Type 1 socketed an d sleeve coupled pipes shall be perforated.
E GULLIES
Precast concrete gullies shall be unreinforced and shall comply with the requirements of B.S 556.
Glazed ware gullies shall comply with the requirements of B.S 539. Cast iron gullies shall be of approved
manufacture and shall conform with the dimensions and weight specified.
Gulley gratings and frames shall comply with the requirements of B.S 497.
G MANHOLES LADDERS
Manhole ladders and fixings shall be of galvanised mild steel. The steel shall be mild steel grade 43 in
accordance with B.S 4360 and shall be galvanised after manufacturer has been completed.
T& SP/102
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
H MANHOLE SAFETY CHAINS
Manhole safety chains shall be of 10 mm galvanised mild steel short link chain and will comply with the
requirements of B. S. 590.
One end of the chain shall securely attached to 16 mm diameter galvanised mild steel eyebolt and the other
end shall have a galvanised hook of attaching to a similar eyebolt.
WORKMANSHIP
C UNDERGROUND PIPELINES
The contractor shall construct the pipelines using the designs of pipe, bed, haunch and surround details on the
drawings.
‘Rigid pipes’ shall mean pipes of cast or spun iron concrete, asbestos cement, clay or similar materials.
‘Flexible pipes’ shall mean pipes of steel PVC or other plastic, pitch fibre, ductile iron or similar materials.
T& SP/103
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
‘Rigid joints’ shall mean joints made by bolting together flanges intergral with the barrels of the pipes, by
welding together the barrels of the pipes by caulking sockets with non-deformable materials, such as cement
mortar, run lead or by similar techniques.
‘Flexible joints’ shall mean joints made with factory made jointing materials, loose collars, rubber rings
etc., and which allow some degree of flexing, however small, between adjacent pipes.
A TRENCH EXCAVATION
Trenches for pipes other than those forming part of a field or french drain shall be excavated to a sufficient
depth and width, subject to the following restrictions, to enable the pipe, joints, bed, haunch and surround to
be accommodated.
From the bottom of the trench to a level 300 mm above the crown of the pipe trench widths shall not be less
than the minimum nor greater than the maximum figures shown in the Table A.
Battering the sides of trenches shall only be permitted above this level where approved. The minimum width
of trench shall be used for measurement purposes.
Table A- pipe Trench widths
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nominal Interna Min.Trench Max.Trench
Diameter (mm) Width(mm) Width (mm)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100
------------- 430 630
150 500 700
200 550 750
225 580 780
300 680 880
375 950 1150
400 1000 1200
450 1030 1230
525 1120 1320
600 1240 1440
675 1330 1530
750 1400 1600
825 1490 1690
900 1920 2120
1250 2100 2300
1200 2290 2490
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
T& SP/104
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
The contractor shall provide whatever additional pipe protection is directed should the specified maximum
width be exceeded due to his method of working.
The contractor shall fill up with well compacted granular bedding material with 1:2:4 mix concrete where
ordered by the Architect, any excessive depth or trench arising from his method of working.
Where the trench formation is in ground that, in the opinion of the Architect, is too soft to afford proper
support to the pipes, either
i. The trench shall be excavated down to solid ground and the extra shall be refilled with lean
mix concrete, granular bedding material, gravel or broken stone, as the Architect directs, well
compacted to form even bed or:
ii. The pipe shall be supported by facines, piles or such other means as the Architect may direct.
The contractor shall avoid unduly disturbing the finished trench formation and shall make good disturbed
areas and excavate any wet or puddled material which might result from his failure to do so. Voids shall be
made good as the previous clause.
Where directed trenches close to existing structures be opened in short lengths and refilled or partly filled
with lean mix concrete or other approved material.
The material excavated in forming pipelines shall if unsuitable be run to spoil and replaced with suitable
materials as so defined. Suitable material shall be set aside for use as backfill. Unsuitable material shall
comprise all material such as material from bogs, marshes, swamp peat, logs, stumps, perishable material,
clays having a liquid limit exceeding 80 or a plasticity content greater than
30% of the dry weight.
All surplus excavated material shall be disposed of to spoil hips provided by the contractor.
T& SP/105
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
A PIPELAYING – GENERAL
On arrival at the site, pipes shall be carefully inspected for damage ends, cracks or other defects and any
found to be faulty shall be marked and set aside for a decision from the Architect as to their acceptability.
Pipes with damaged ends shall be either completely replaced or have the ends to the extent, and
trimmed, as directed by the Architect.
The contractor shall ensure that all pipes are properly hauled both by his staff and by any cartage
contractor employed by hi m. During transport, pipes shall not be allowed to rest on narrow cross members
of vehicles or anything else that might give concentrated loads due to the weight of the pipe or bumping
of the vehicle but must be properly supported on soft material. Sufficient labour and equipment must be
handed before unloading is commenced and under no circumstances must any pipes be dropped or thrown
from a vehicle.
The Architect shall have the right to reject consignments or stocks of piping from which failed pipes have
been drawn, or o rder them to be pressure tested outside the pipelines at the contractor’s expense even
though no defects are apparent, it there is reason to believe that mishandling has taken place.
Flat braided wire slings or band slings shall be used for slinging all pipes except externally coated pipes
and plastic pipes for which only special band slings not less than 300 mm wide shall be used. Chain or rope
slings, hooks or other devices working on scissors or grab principles must not be used.
Subject to the requirements of inspection before acceptance protective bolsters, caps or discs on the ends of
flanges, specials or fittings shall not be removed until the pipes, special or fittings are about to be lowered
into the trench.
Before a pipe is lowered into the trench it shall be thoroughly examined to ensure that the internal coating
or lining and the outer coating or sheathing are undamaged. Where necessary the interiors or pipes, specials
and fittings shall be carefully brushed clean.
Any damaged parts of the coatings or lining shall, before a pipe is used, be made good as directed.
Pipelaying shall not commence until the bottom of the trench and the pipe bed have been approved.
Flexible pipes, rigidly jointed, may be joined on the gr ound surface before lowering into the trench. All
joints shall be supported by slings as the pipes are lowered and the pipe-line must not be deformed to a
greater extent than recommended by the manufacturer.
Pipes must be brought to the correct alignment and inclination, concentric with the pipes already laid.
T& SP/106
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
All pipes less than 600 mm in diameter with flexible joints must be accurately marked prior to laying to
ensure that the correct gap is left in the joint. An indelible mark shall be made on the spigot end on top
of the pipe barrel to the depth of the socket less the detailed or specified joint gap. After correct jointing
the mark should be flush with the face of the socket.
PVC pipes must be stored and handled carefully and must be in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
A WITHDRAWAL OF SUPPORTS
During the placing of bedding, haunching, surrounding or anchoring material, temporary side supports
and sheeting shall be removed except where directed to be left in and the full width of the trench will be
infilled with bedding haunching, surrounding or anchoring materials.
The bottom of the trench or surface of the bed shall be finished to a smooth even surface at the correct
levels to permit th e barrel of the pipe to be solidly and evenly bedded throughout its whole length between
joint and sling holes.
The preparation of the trench bottom or surface of the bed shall be completed for at least one full pipe
length in advance of the pipe laying, except where in exceptional circumstances another arrangement is
approved. No bedding material shall be place in trenches containing water.
Where granular bedding is to be used, stones, bricks or similar materials shall not be used below or against
the pipe to locate them in position in the trench or to level the pipes. Sufficient infill materials shall b e
placed around the barrels of pipes t o prevent movement.
Where directed, puddle c l a y dams 500 mm thick shall be constructed around the pipe and across the trench
as haunching and surrounding proceeds. The dams shall be at intervals not exceeding 30 metres or as
directed and their height shall be determ ined by the Architect.
Where directed by the requirements for testing pipelines the method of haunching and surrounding pipes
shall be modified to leave pipe joints exposed. Where there is a high ground water table all pipes shall be
surrounded in an approved free drainage material.
T& SP/107
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Before placing concrete, pipes shall be supported near each joint on a precast concrete block or on
engineering bricks with a padding of two layers of hessian based damp proof course or material of similar
yield between the barrel of the pipe and the supporting block. The surface of the support shall be perfectly
smooth for at least 75 mm by 75 mm under the pipe, and the size of the blocks shall be as directed.
Concreting of bedding, haunching or surrounding shall not be done until the pipes have been jointed and
inspected. The concr ete shall be vibrated into place under the pipe and concrete shall be in full contact
with the underside of the pipe throughout its length. The concrete shall be placed in one operation and
shall be well worked form a homogeneous mass. There shall be no horizontal l construction joint in the
concrete below the level of the half pipe. The pipe shall be carefully anchored against flotation. Concrete
beds, haunches and surrounds of pipes with rigid joints shall be formed in lengths not exceeding 10.0
metres which shall be separated by a soft wood joint filter 25 mm thick.
Concrete bedding, haunching pipes shall be discontinuous at flexible pipe joints. Shaped formwork made
from fibreboard or other equally compressible material of the thickness stated in the contract and of size and
shape equal to the next section of the concrete protection to the pipes shall be used and left at the pipe joint
as shown on the drawings. The formwork shall be neatly cut and properly supported by temporary strut and
rails where necessary.
PVC pipes shall be wrapped in polythene sheet or roofing felt about 2 mm thick before being haunched or
anchored in concrete. Nominal 1:2:4 mix concrete shall be placed at all bends, tees, junctions, changes of
direction and gradients to prevent movements of pipelines due to thrust from water pressure, in such
positions and quantities as directed.
Concrete pipe anchorages and thrust blocks in trench shall be placed against undisturbed ground. Any loose
or disturbed material shall be removed immediately before the concrete is placed.
Concrete anchorages to PVC pipes shall be placed to support half the circumference of the pipe. The pipe
must not be encase. Where compliance with the requirement would result in concrete above the pipe, the
T& SP/108
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
anchorage concrete shall be placed beneath the pipe and the pipe will be restrained by straps as shown on
the drawings.
A PLUG
Immediately after laying, the open end of a pipe shall be sealed with wooden plug or approved stopper
of appropriate size to prevent the entry of material which might contaminate the pipelines, damage the
linings, obstruct the waterway or effect the working of valves, meter etc. Plugs shall be unperforated and
shall be shaped to fit exactly so that water from the trench excavations shall not be allowed to gain access
to the pipeline.
The plugs in sewers may, with the Architects approval, be provided with small holes for drainage
purposes, but water from the trench excavation which is heavily charged with silt shall not be allowed to
gain access to the pipe.
Where work is interrupted for a period, the plug left in position shall be regularly inspected for their fixing
to ensure that there has been no tampering by unauthorized persons. Whenever any plug is removed, the
immediate length of pipe shall be examined for dirt or obstructions and shall be cleaned as required.
Adequate precautions must be taken by way of backfilling or other means to anchor each pipe securely to
prevent flotation of the pipeline in the event of the trench being flooded. No equipment, clothing or apparel
must be left or sorted inside pipelines.
B JOINTING PIPES
Joints shall be made strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. The contractor shall
make use of the techn ical advisory services offered by manufacturers for instructing pipe jointers in the
methods of assembling joints. Where manufacturers recommend the use of special jointing tackles, the
contractor shall use these for the assembly of all joints to pipes. Sockets shall be laid looking uphill unless
otherwise approved.
Before making any joints, all jointing surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and dried and maintained in such
condition until the joints have been completely made or assembled.
Notwithstanding any flexibility provided in the pipe joints, pipes must be securely positioned to prevent
avoidable movement during and after the making of the joint.
T& SP/109
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
The space between the end of the spigot and the shoulder of the socket of flexibly jointed pipes when
jointed shall be as recommended by the manufacturer or ordered by the architect. After flexibility jointed
pipes, other than
PVC pipes have been jointed the gaps between the barrel of the pipes and the internal face of the socket shall
be sealed with puddle clay, uncaulked rope yarn or other approved material. The rope yarn or other material
must have been treated so as not to support bacterial growth.
Where loose collars are used to join pipes cut for closers, special tools shall be employed to keep the inside
of the pipes flush and the collar concentric with the pipe while the joint is being made. Pipes provided with
spigot and socket joints of the selfcentering, instantaneous joint tupe, such as the rubber ring push fit joint,
shall be laid and jointed strictly in accordance with the makers instructions. Generally the joint ring shall
be cleaned and inspected for cuts and defect, and socket spigot examined to ensure free recommended
lubricant will be used.
Insertion rings shall be fitted smoothly to the flange without folds or wrinkles. The face and bolt holes shall
be brought fairly together and the joints shall be made by gradually and evenly tightening bolts on
diametrically opposed positions. Only standard length spanners shall be used to tighten the bolts. The
protective coating, if any, of the flange shall be made good when the joint is completed. Bolts threads
shall be wrapped with PTFF tape where directed before use.
No washers shall be used on flanged pipework to be laid below ground. Bolts shall be as specified and
shall be the correct length, leaving a maximum of two threads exposed.
T& SP/110
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
The outside of the joint shall be pointed up with a 75mm wide x 25mm thick mortar fillet all round and
central about the joint. In making yarn and mortar joints for concrete and clay pipes, the spigot of the last
pipe laid until it bears on the back face of the socket and shall be centred in the socket. Two turns of
tarred yarn shall then be firmly caulked into the back of the socket with a proper caulking tool.
Mortar consisting of 2 parts of sand to 1 pa rt of cement shall then be pressed firmly into the joint to fill
the socket completed and shall be neatly bevelled off at 45 degrees from the outside edge of the socket.
Joints made with cement mortar shall remain exposed for at least 3 hours to allow for the initial set of the
cement. All joints shall be examined and approved before the refilling of the trench is commenced
C BACKFILLING TRENCHES
If the contractor allows material to become unsuitable, which when excavated was suitable for re-use, and it
is unsuitable when required for backfilling, he shall run it to spoil and make good by replacing with suitable
material.
Where required to meet the specification for testing pipelines, trenches shall be partially backfilled to
provide anchorage, but joints shall be left exposed.
Backfilling shall whenever practicable be undertaken immediately the specified operations preceding it have
been completed. No backfill material shall be placed in trench containing water.
In trenches in roads, verges and where shown on the drawings above 300mm over the crown of the pipe
backfill, material shall be deposited in layers each not exceeding 225mm thickness and each compacted to
100% with a moisture content between with the moisture content between 0.8 and 1.05. M.C. Power
rammers or vibrating plate compactors shall be used to compact the backfilling from one metre above the
crown level of the pipe to the surface.
In trenches in fields or open country backfill material above 300mm over the crown of the pipe may be
placed by machines provided the method of operation ensure that the materials slides or rolls into position
and does not drop from a height.
The backfill material must not include any stones or boulder of dimensions exceeding 150mm in any
position. Sufficient space shall be left to receive the original thickness of solid, turf or other materials
removed from the surface. The surfaces shall be restored by replacing the materials in their proper order and
form, and by compacting then to such a level as shall ensure that after settlement is complete the surface
level of refilled trenches shall be within 30mm of that of the adjacent undisturbed ground.
T& SP/111
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Where directed, trenches shall be backfilled with lean mix concrete made with 1kg cement to 12 kg
aggregate. The aggregate will be as, clinker, gravel, stone or other hard material, approved by the architect,
and free from sulphates, dust and other deleterious material.
Invert blocks and sides slabs shall be laid on a 100mm thick bed of suitable approved granular material
formed and well compacted. They shall be jointed by thickly covering the joint face with mortar and
driving the next unit firmly against that previously laid. The excess mortar squeezed out of the joint shall
be neatly trowelled off. Channels ends shall be saturated with water and newly completed joints shall be
protected and cured as for concrete pipes.
Manhole cover slabs may be cast insitu using reinforced nominal 1:2:4 mix concrete precast using
reinforced nominal 1:1½:3 mix concrete.
T& SP/112
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
Unreinforced precast concrete chamber rings shall be surrounded with a minimum thickness of 150mm
nominal 1:3:6 mix mass concrete as detailed on the drawings.
Step irons 230mm long shall be set into the external concrete surround to the manhole and the slots through
the chamber rings filled with cement mortar.
A CHAMBERS
Chambers for access to valves and fittings on pressure pipelines for water or sewage, unless otherwise
directed shall be constructed in concrete blockwork.
B SEPTIC TANKS
Septic tanks shall be constructed to the dimensions and general arrangement detailed on the drawings and
in the contract. Tanks with blockwork shall be constructed as for manholes.
D CONNECTION TO SEWER
All connections to sewers are to be made with angle junctions set at the correct angle to minimize the use of
bends. All angles shall not exceed 45 degrees.
The open ends of all house connections and other pipes not required for immediate use shall be sealed up
with purpose made stoppers secured in position. The ends of connections and all junction positions will be
clearly marked by posts and painted boards of a type and size to be approved by the Architect and the board
shall be plainly marked with the letter ‘S’ and the size and depth below kerb level or ground level. A
length of 4.5 mm galvanised iron wire shall be fixed to the face of the last pipe and the marking post.
Every care shall be taken to prevent the marking boards being disturbed and the contractor shall take
responsibility for their safety. The information shall also be painted on the kerbs in an approved manner
when all works are complete and the contractor shall record the position of all branches fixing distances
from the manhole immediately downstream of the branch.
T& SP/113
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
A TESTING SEWER
Wherever possible, testing shall be carried out from manhole to manhole. Short branch drains connected to
main sewer between manholes shall be tested as one system with the main sewer. Long branches shall be
tested separately.
Pipes not exceeding 750mm nominal diameter shall be tested in one of the following ways:-
i. WATER TEST
A test pressure of 1.2 metres head of water above the soffit of the sewer shall be applied at the high end but
not more than 6 metres at the low end by means of a stand-pipe. Steeply graded sewers shall be tested in
stages where the above maximum head shall be exceeded if the whole section is tested in stages where the
above maximum head shall be exceeded if the whole section is tested at once. A period of one hour shall be
allowed for absorption. The loss of water over a period of 30 minutes shall be measured by adding water
from a measuring vessel at regular intervals of 10 minutes and noting the quantity required to maintain the
orig inal water level in the standpipe. The average quantity of water added for sewers up to 300mm nominal
bore must not exceed 0.06 litre per hour per 100 linear metres per mm of nominal bore of sewer. For
sewers exceeding 300mm nominal bore the average quantity of water added must not exceed 0.12 litre per
hour per 100 linear metres per mm of nominal bore of the sewer.
ii. AIR TEST
The length of sewer under test shall be effectively plugged and air pumped in by suitable means e.g. a hand
pump, until a pressure of 100mm head of water is indicated in a U-tube connected to the system. The air
pressure must not fall to less than 75mm head of water during a period of 5 minutes, without further
pumping, after a period of 2 minutes for requisite stabilization.
Sewers will be tested:
i. after laying and placing concrete if any but before backfilling over joints and
ii. after backfilling has been completed.
Sewers constructed of steel, spun iron or other materials designed for high pressure shall be tested in
accordance with the provisions of clause 33.00 below. Pipes exceeding 750mm nominal diameter shall be
tested as required by the contract.
Where required by the contract the sewer shall be tested for obstruction by the insertion and pulling through
of twin-coupled rubber plunges of the same diameter as the sewer.
Sewer shall be tested for infiltration after backfilling. All inlets to the system shall be effectively closed and
the residual flow shall be deemed to be infiltration. The following limits of infiltration must be exceeded:-
i. For sewers not exceeding 750mm nominal internal diameter, 0.08 litre per hour per 100 linear metres
per mm of nominal bore of the sewer.
ii. For sewer exceeding 750mm nominal internal diameter 0.16 litre per hour per 100 linear metres per
mm of nominal bore of the sewer.
Infiltration to manhole must not exceed 5 litres per hour per manhole.
T& SP/114
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
The depth of the main channel must not be less than the diameter of the largest pipe. Where pipes have
been laid unbroken through the manhole position the crown of the pipe shall be broken out to the half
diameter over the full length of the manh ole and the benching completed as directed by architect.
Branch bends shall be curved in the direction of flow and will be trowelled smooth with a steel float finish.
Spaces between branch bends shall be completely filled with concrete and the faces above the main and
branch channel inverts shall be trowelled smooth with a steel float finish.
Bases and benching shall be formed in 1:2:4 nominal mix concrete trowelled smooth with a steel float finish
Manholes inside buildings and elsewhere as shown in the contract shall have cast iron pipes with access
openings and bolted cover plates with the requisite branches in lieu of open channels and branch bends.
The bottom of the manhole shall be brought up in concrete to the underside of the cast iron cover plate of the
access pipe and benched up at slope of 1:12 and trowelled smooth.
Manhole covers and frames shall be fixed in the position shown, the frame shall be solidly bedded in
cement mortar so that generally the cover when in position are fair and even with the adjacent surfaces
except where directed by the architect when they shall be kept 75mm above the adjacent surfaces. Where
shown or directed frames shall be bedded on one or two courses of blockwork in cement mortar.
Step irons are not required where the depth to benching is less than 900mm and the diameter of the
largest pipe is less than450mm.
Channels more than 450mm in depth shall have one or more step irons in a recess, or toe holes and hand
rail or post within easy reach, as detailed. A manhole shaft (excluding the 1-2 courses of blockwork under
the cast iron cover) shall not be constructed unless the complete length shall exceed 1.0 metres.
Where depth from ground level to top of benching exceeds 4.5 metres a ladder may be used instead of a
step iron where directed. Manhole ladders shall have brackets (not less than two pairs per ladder) of
material equal to the stingers built into the blockwork or concrete at intervals of not more than 2.0 metres.
T& SP/115
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
In deep manholes suitable rest chambers shall be provided at about 6 metre intervals, each with a landing
platform incorpora ting a hinged trap door immediately under the ladder as detailed in the contract.
Cover slabs of manholes shall be reinforced as shown on the drawings, minimum cover to steel 40mm, and
the concrete shall be as detailed in the contract. All manholes on sewers of 600mm diameter and over shall
be provided with safety chains across the mouth of the sewer on the downstream side and handholds or a
25mm solid bar handrail shall be provided on the edges of all benching platforms etc., as detailed or
directed. The contractor shall supply two sets of lifting keys for each pattern of manhole cover
incorporated in the work.
All manholes and chambers when completed must be watertight and to the satisfaction of the architect.
Where built into manhole walls, pipes of 375mm diameter and above shall have 150mm thick concrete
relieving arches turned over to the full thickness of the blockwork. Where the depth of the invert exceeds
5.0 metres below the finished ground level the arch shall be 300mm thick. Walls of manholes up to 2.0
metres deep and up to 4.0 metres shall be increased in thickness to 400mm blockwork. Walls over 4.0
metres deep and upto 7.0 metres shall be 600mm blockwork and over 7.0 metres deep manholes shall be
precast concrete or insitu concrete as directed by the architect. Overall manhole deep manholes shall be
adjusted to the nearest half block size with the approval of the architect.
Manhole shafts shall be 750mm by 675mm and where ladders are used this size shall be increased to
825mm by 675mm with the shaft top corbelled as necessary.
Step iron having tail 230mm long shall be built in at 300mm vertical intervals as shown with the uppermost
step iron from 60mm to
900mm from the top of the manhole cover as detailed.
T& SP/116
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
PART FOURTEEN
ROAD WORKS SPECIFICATIONS
A. CLASSIFIED ROADS
All clasified roads shall be done in accordance with the "Standard Specification for Road and Bridge
Construction 1996" (Published by the Ministry of Transport and Communication of the Republic of Kenya)
except as supplemented, modified or revised in the specification of particular application.
B. UNCLASSIFIED ROADS
All unclassified roads shall be done in accordance with the specification given by the Design Engineer in the
contract drawing except as amended, modified or revised in accordance with the contract.
10.00 100
5.00 95-100
2.36 80-100
1.18 50-85
600μm 25-60
300μm 10-30
150μm 5-15
75μm 0-10
T& SP/117
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
PART FIFTEEN
A. ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND WORKS REGULATIONS
This specification covers the requirements of lighting and power installations in Kenya.
All apparatus and materials supplied for all work carried out shall comply with the Kenya Government Electrical
Specifications, GES 1 and GES 2, local statutory regulations and the Supply Authority By-Laws. Installations
should also be in accordance with the requirements of the 14th Edition of the "Regulations of the Electrical
Equipment of Buildings" issued by the Institute of Electrical Engineers of Great Britain, which should be used as
a "Code of Practice", except where they conflict with Kenya Government Legislation regarding electrical
installations and local amendments.
B. STANDARDS
Except where otherwise indicated in this specification, the Contract works and all manufactured items shall
comply with the relevant specifications of the British Standards Institution. Such specifications are hereinafter
referred to as B.S. In each case, the latest editions of such specifications shall apply.
Should it be desired to offer equipment covered by other National or International standards, the approval of
the Engineer must be obtained in writing before completion of the tender documents.
C. RECORD DRAWINGS
The sub-contractor shall mark accurately on one set of drawings the conduit laid during the progress of the work.
This information must be made available on site for inspection by the Engineer.
At the completion of the contract the Contractor shall supply the Engineer with one set of transport originals,
and two complete sets of prints showing the complete installation. The drawings shall include the location of
all apparatus conduits and cable routes, and a schematic diagram of mains distribution indicating the phasing of
the system.
A. CONTRACT DRAWINGS
These drawings forming part of this specification are to be read in conjunction with this specification to enable
the Contractor to prepare a tender.
These drawings are not intended to be used as working drawings unless they are released for that purpose.
Circular or square boxes shall be provided at all outlet points, unless otherwise specified and lighting fittings,
ceiling switches and other accessories will be screwed to the internal lugs of the boxes. Care must always be
taken when considering the use of totally enclosed fittings with polyvinyl chloride circular boxes where the
T & SP/ 118
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
temperature within the box is likely to rise above 60oC (140oF) special steel insert slips should be used in on
junction with circular boxes where this problem can arise and also in situations where heavy pendants are used.
Looping in boxes of circular polyvinyl chloride or square or oblong shape complete with polyvinyl chloride lids
secured by 2BA brass or steel plated round headed screws. All adaptable boxes and lids for the same size shall
be interchangeable. No adaptable box smaller than 75mm x 50mm or larger than 300mm x 300mm shall be
employed. Boxes shall be of adequate depth in relation to the size of the conduit entering them.
Conduits shall be terminated at adaptable boxes, fuse boards, switches, sockets or other equipment not
possessing push-in or threaded spouts, by means of appropriate size female adaptor and polyvinyl chloride
hexagonal headed bare bush. All cemented joints to be made to a depth of not less than the diameter of the
conduit being used.
Earth continuity shall be provided by a separate insulated conductor drawing into the plastic conduit and rated
in accordance with circuit loadings and appropriate regulations, or as mentioned on the drawings.
Where required under the regulations, an earth continuity conductor shall be provided for lighting fittings in
which case the control switches shall be equipped with an appropriate earth terminal.
The cables shall be coloured in accordance with Table B4 of Institute of Electrical Engineer Regulations. Cables
used on extra low voltage circuits shall have distinctive colours other than these colours.
No reduction of the strands forming the conductors shall be allowed at switch or other terminals, but all strands
shall be effectively secured by screws, nuts and washers or other approved means.
CEILING ROSES
A. TYPE
Ceiling roses, ivory or white, shall be of the 3-plate pattern and fitted at all pendant points. An earthing
terminal shall be provided and connected to the earth continuity conductor of the final substance circuit where
applicable.
Ceiling roses of the white porcelain semi-recessed pattern shall be used for surface installation, and shall be of
the all-insulated type for a flush installation.
LAMP HOLDERS
B. TYPE
Lamp holders shall generally be of plastic construction with porcelain interiors, and bayonet fitting. Lamp holders
for lamps rated 200 watts and above shall be of the Edison Screw type.
Batten type lamp holders shall be of the all-insulated bayonet type.
LIGHTING FITTINGS
C. GENERAL
The Contractor shall supply and fit all lighting fittings of the type indicated on the drawings and in the schedules.
All fittings shall be suitable for operation on a 240 volts. 50 cycles supply. Lighting fittings rated other than 240
volts will not be accepted. All lighting fittings shall be supplied with lamps.
D. FLUORESCENT FITTINGS
Fluorescent fittings shall generally be of the batten type, with control gear contained within the supporting
channel. All fittings shall be supported from conduits boxes, and shall be suspended by two 20mm conduits to
give a clearance of 25mm between the top of the fitting and the ceiling. In the ceiling the conduit boxes, to
B.S.31, shall be fitted with dome covers, to which the suspension conduit shall be joined, so that the lighting
fitting hangs vertically below the conduit boxes. Fittings shall comply with B.S. 3820 or class 1, indoor normal
temperature.
All fluorescent fittings shall be fitted with radio interference suppression capacitors and power factor correction
capacitors and shall be earthed.
E. LAMPS
All fittings shall be supplied complete with lamps of the type and rating specified. Fluorescent tubes shall be of
the "White" type, except where otherwise stated. Pearly type tungsten lamps shall be fitted in open fittings.
FLEXIBLE CORDS
A. TYPE
These shall be of 250 volt grade polyvinyl chloride insulated and shall comply with B.S.7. Flexible cords shall
not be less than 24/20 (23/0076). Flexible cords for pendant fittings shall be circular type, heat resistant and
white in colour.
B. EARTHING
Earth electrodes shall be minimum of two metres long by 15mm diameter hard drawn copper rod, and shall be
located not less than three metres apart at a convenient position six metres away from the building. The
terminal head of each electrode shall be in a concrete inspection pit, with cover. If the resistance to earth is not
satisfactory with one electrode, then additional electrodes or an earth mat shall be provided, as directed by the
Engineer.
When the installation is complete, the sub-contractor shall carry out tests for earth loop impedance, polarity,
insulation resistance, in the presence of, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the Kenya Power & Lighting
Company. The Contractor shall rectify all work not giving test results within the limits prescribed.
Four copies of all test results shall be forwarded to the Engineer and a certificate of completion will not be issued
until such tests have been approved.
E. WORKING DRAWINGS
Working drawings to be prepared by the Engineer shall be detailed as below but not restricted only these:-
i. General arrangement drawings showing plants, M.V. Switchboards, distribution boards, consumer units,
fittings, switch sockets, etc.
ii. Layout drawings of concealed and surface conduits, ducts, trunking etc.
T & SP/ 121
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
iii. Any other drawings that are not called for in the specifications.
Thereafter, the Engineers shall submit copies of approved working drawings for distribution to all parties
concerned.
The Contractor shall not be relieved of any of his obligations under the contract or from correcting any errors
on site or elsewhere found consequently in the working drawings prepared by the Engineer.
A. LABELS
All switchgear, switchfuses, distribution boards, etc shall be clearly lebled with black and white background
engraved labels to indicate the name, purpose and position of the gear. All circuits in distribution boards shall be
clearly identified in respect of the number and location of the M.C.B. The chart shall be securely fixed inside the
cover of the distribution boards.
C. GALVANIZING
Galvanising shall be applied by the hot process and shall consist of smooth clean zinc coating free from defects
can be in uniform thickness. The thickness shall not be less than 160gms of zinc per square metre of surface
and tested in accordance with the requirements of B.S.729 where applicable. Sheradizing or other alternative
processes shall not be used without approval in writing of the Engineer.
The preparation of galvanizing and the galvanising itself shall not adversely affect the mechanical properties of
the coated material. Surfaces which are normally in contact with oil shall not be galvanised or cadmium plated.
All out-door structures, access ladders, platforms, equipment cubicles shall be galvanised.
NON-METALLIC CONDUIT
D. STANDARDS AND INSTALLATION
All non-metallic conduit shall be class A heavy gauge, high impact, polyvinyl chloride complying with B.S.4606
Part 2, type AH.
The minimum size to be used on the contract is 20mm external diameter. All conduit installations shall be
concealed in the walls and floors or in structural slabs.
JOINTS
Conduits will be joined and terminated utilizing the appropriate rigid polyvinyl chloride compounds as detailed
below, or standard conduit entry electrical equipment. Jointing will conform to one of the following techniques:-
a) Permanent Adhesives
The solvent cement supplied by the conduit manufacturers will be used to produce a rigid sealed connection.
b) Flexible Adhesive
T & SP/ 122
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
A non-hardening adhesive supplied by the conduit manufacturers will be used to produce a flexible sealed joint
where allowance is necessary for longitudal movement (e.g. expansion couplers).
A. BENDS
Bends and sets in the conduit will be made in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The radius of
the bend shall not be less than 2.5 times the outside diameter of the conduit, or such greater radius which will
facilitate easy drawing into cables.
B. EXPANSION
Adequate allowance shall be made for longitudal expansion and contraction of the conduit under normal working
temperature variations as follows:-
Expansion couplers should be used in straight runs exceeding 6 metres with a loose or flexible type joint, (a.
above then) at the long spout end of the coupler.
Where conduits are concealed or laid on structural floors, they shall be secured by a fixed method to be approved
by the Engineer. Where it is essential that conduits cross one another in floors, the chases shall be deepened and
the conduits set to create the minimum desirable diversion.
Care shall be taken to ensure that there is no obstruction to cables within the conduits caused by the ingress of
plaster, concrete, or other matter. Conduit ends must be cut square and cleaned of burrs.
All equipment shall be cleaned of all dust, oil, grease, dirt, scale and rust by power tool operated metal brush or
preferably by shot or grit blasting and then ground smooth where necessary.
Unless otherwise approved, they shall then immediately have applied to them two coats of approved primer
paint. After inspection, any rough surfaces shall be filled in and smoothed over and further painting in the factory
shall be as follows:-
i. All interior surfaces of cubicles, kiosks, boxes and the like, containing wiring or other apparatus and
internal components of the plant which are despatched to site in an assembled condition, shall be finished
painted with at least two coats of white enamel. The final coat shall be of white anti-condezation finish,
where so specified.
ii. The external surface of the panels shall be finished in grey stove enamel to B.S.381 C shade 631 or
other shade as may be approved by the Engineer.
iii. All interior surfaces of tanks and other oil filled chambers and external surfaces of piping therein shall be
painted finally with an oil resisting coating to the approval of the Engineer.
iv. All wall and floor mounted junction boxes, loose starters etc., throughout the works shall be finished in
grey stove enamel or painted to B.S.381 C shade 631 or other shade as may be approved by the Engineer.
After all erection has been completed at site, the Contractor shall make good all defects in painting and
galvanizing which have arisen during transport, storage and erection on site and shall apply one undercoat and
one finished coat of gloss paint to B.S.311 C shade 631 or other shade as may be approved by the Engineer to the
external surface of all equipment.
Where all erection metalwork has been damaged it shall either be repaired by cold galvanising at site or
alternatively, at the discretion of the Engineer, be returned to the manufacturer for re-galvanising by the hot
process.
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
A. TYPE AND RATING
General lighting and power distribution boards shall comply with B.S.3817, B.S.5861 and B.S.214 and shall be
of the metal clad pattern, flush mounted, except where otherwise specified on the drawings.
B. CONSTRUCTION
Enclosures shall be substantially constructed from 16S.W.G. minimum thickness sheet steel having hinged front
cover, and shall be vermin and insect proof. Each unit shall house miniature circuit breakers and shall be
supplied complete with bus-bars, earthing terminal, neutral bar, circuit chart, and blanking plate for any spare
ways. The incoming isolator switch shall be integral with the distribution board in consumer's unit only.
All distribution boards shall be supplied with MCB manufactured to B.S.3871 and of a rating as specified on
the drawings. The circuit breakers shall incorporate both terminal overload and magnetic short circuit tripping
with a trip free mechanism.
Three phase circuits shall be controlled by integrally manufactured three pole brakers, with one common
operating lever. An inter-tripping mechanism shall ensure isolation of all three poles in the event of an overload
or short circuit on any one phase.
A. LABELLING
A circuit chart with each board shall show the name, location and current loading of each circuit connected. Each
board shall be fitted with an engraved identification label in black and white, such as `distribution board D.1.'
etc., and all three phase boards shall be labelled in white or red, `DANGER 415 VOLTS'
B. ERECTION
Conduits for each circuit shall be completely erected before any cable is drawn in. Adequate draw-in points shall
be provided.
Straight runs shall have draw-in facilities at distance not exceeding 12 metres. Runs incorporating sets or
bends shall have draw-in facilities at a distance not exceeding 9 metres. These distances may need to be
reduced in difficult situations or with particular cable complexes.
Not more than four easy sets, or two right angle bends or sets may be installed between draw-in points. Solid
elbow or tees shall not be accepted.
C. TYPE
All power and lighting wiring cables shall be 600/1000 volt grade, single core polyvinyl chloride, insulted, with
stranded copper conductors, manufactured in accordance with B.S.6004. The minimum sizes on lighting circuits
shall be 1.5 sq.m sizes on power spur circuits shall be
4.0 sq.mm. and on ring main circuits 2.5 sq.mm.
D. INSTALLATION
Cables forming sub-circuits connected to different sub-distribution boards, shall not be drawn into the same
conduit or draw-in box. Saddles as supplied by the manufacturers shall include a sliding support tolerance for
longitudual expansion.
Special consideration may need to be given to the fixing of accessories where this may prevent natural conduit
movements. Oversize or slotted fixing holes may be necessary or introduction of expansion couplers.
A. SUPPORT
Conduit should be supported by saddles at not less than 900mm intervals. Where working temperatures tend to
be high this should be reduced to 600mm.
C. P.M.E. SYSTEM
Provision shall be made for the P.M.E. system at supply intake (where applicable).
"P.M.E." means that system whereby the neutral conductor of the supply network is earthed at a prescribed
number of points along its routes, together with the installation earth continuity conductor, at each consumer's
installation, so providing a metallic path for the flow of earth fault currents. The connections between the
neutral conductor of the supply network and the earth continuity conductor of the installation shall be made by
the Supply Authority at the point of intake only. The connection at the isolators will be made by the Contractor in
the presence of the Engineer after completion of all tests.
D. COMMISSIONING.
T & SP/ 126
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON LR. 27425
The whole installation shall be tested to the statutory requirements of the Electricity Authority, Institute of
Electrical Engineer Regulations and commissioned in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Four copies of test reports shall be provided within seven days of carrying out the tests, and the reports shall
include full details of how each test was carried out, and a copy of all reading taken.
GENERAL
A. SOCKET OUTLETS
In all areas, general power outlets shall be of the 13amp. 3 pin fused plug type complying with B.S.1363.
They shall be flush pattern, with white or ivory cover plates unless otherwise specified on the drawings. Where
the circuits are supplied from a common feed, two outlets shall form a twin unit in a common box. The earthing
terminal of every socket outlet shall be connected to the earth continuity conductor of the final sub-circuit by an
appropriately sized insulated copper conductor. Unless otherwise stated they shall be mounted at 300mm above
the finished floor level.
B. FUSES
All fused connection units shall be fitted with 12 amp. fuses, unless otherwise specified.
C. LABELLING
The front plate of each fused connection shall, unless otherwise specified be engraved with the name of the
appliance connected to it.
LIGHTING SWITCHES
D. TYPE
Lighting switches shall be of the all-insulated rocker-operating plate-switch type to B.S.3676 of ample rating.
Switch inserts shall be white, set in white or ivory cover plates.
Switches controlling points in bathroom shall be placed outside the bathroom or consist of a ceiling switch
operated by a non-conducting cord, as specified switches mounted outdoors shall be of a weather tight pattern.
Switches shall be one way, two ways or intermediate as specified and where a number of switches are mounted
together, they shall be fitted in common box.
Ceiling switches shall be white or ivory semi recessed pattern, and shall only be used where specified. Pull cords
shall be fitted with shock absorbing springs.
STREET LIGHTING
E. KENYA POWER AND LIGHTING SUPPLY
The electrical supply shall be derived from Kenya Power and Lighting Company Limited at 240 volts x single
phase 50HZ.
The electrical Contractor shall submit commencement and completion certificate and application for electrical
supply to Kenya Power and
Lighting Company Limited and make all the arrangements for the supply to each control pillar.
Provisional sum is allowed in the Bill for the Kenya Power and Lighting Company Limited's service line charges.
The electrical Contractor shall allow for all the necessary attendance to Kenya Power and Lighting Company
Limited's work.
B. LANTERNS
Lanterns shall be of the completely enclosed type with antivandal bowl designed for side entry mounting on
brackets with a 37mm diameter plain tube. They shall be capable of accommodating one single 125 watt
M.B.F./U lamp 3-slot lamp holder connected with heat resisting cable. The lanterns shall be of semi cut-off type
with light output ratio not less than 70% and with incorporated control gear, complete with lamp. The lantern
shall be as `SIEMENS' Cat No.5NA 383 or equivalent approved by the City Engineer and the Consulting
Engineer. If any alternative make is to be used the details shall be given at the time of submission of tenders.
C. CABLES
Polyvinyl chloride armoured copper conductors cables shall be 250/440 volt grade confirming to B.S.3346/61.
4mm2 x 2-core, 3-core P.V.C. wapvc cables shall be used for street lighting installation as indicated on the
drawings.
All cables shall be terminated with brass glands of suitable size to maintain proper earth continuity throughout the
system.
D. DUCTS
Ducts for road crossing shall be concrete pipes joined in an approved manner, with all internal diameter of not
less than 100mm. The ducts shall be laid at least 0.5metres below the finished road level on a compacted bed of
concrete mix 1:3:6 and at least 150mm concrete surround.
E. CONTROL PILLAR
The control pillar shall be metal pillar conforming to drawings.
The control pillar shall be erected on 300mm thick bed of concrete mix 1:2:4 and a minimum of 225mm above
ground level in the position indicated on the drawings. The control pillar shall be complete with time switch,
switch-gear, cutouts, earth leakage current operated circuit breakers and all associated wiring. The control pillar
shall be adequately earthed.
A. SYSTEM OF WIRING
Cables shall be 4mm2 x 2-core, 2-core pvc laid with a layer of soft sand underneath and over in a trench
500mm deep along the road approximately 600mm deep across the road and approximately 600mm away from
the road kerbs. The loop-in and loop-out arrangement shall be through a cut-out mounted in pole windows.
Galvanised armoured wires shall be properly earthed and to maintain earth continuity earth clips and connectors
to be used. From the cut-out to the lantern 1.5m2 pvc insulated and sheathed twin and earth cables shall be
used protected by 5A cartridge fuse. The lantern shall be earthed separately with earthwire taken from the main
point. Cables crossing the road shall be laid in ducts previously specified. The cables laid in trench shall be
protected with "HATARI" cable tiles.
No underground joints will be allowed.
B. EARTHING
All poles, lanterns and other metal parts shall be properly earthed. Electrical and mechanical continuity shall be
pre-served throughout the whole systems from the control pillar to the remotest pole and the earth resistance
must be efficiently earthed through earth electrodes by means of substantial copper clamps secured by non-
rusting bolts. The lead must be visible and adequately protected. No earthing lead shall be less than 6mm2 twin
with earth wire may be used.
The earth leakage circuit breaker shall be current operated as manufactured by `CRABTREE' Cat No.13030/1
with over-current and short circuit protection and shall conform to B.S.4293.68 rated at 240 volts 50HZ
alternating current.
D. CONSUMER UNITS
These shall be surface mounted 6-way SPN MCB consumer unit as manufactured by `CRABTREE' Cat
No.206/1 or equivalent with MCB
ratings as shown on the drawing. The minimum fixing position height above floor level for the units shall be 1.8
metres.
E. TESTING
The installation when complete shall pass the following tests:-
a) Insulation resistance between lines and line/neutral.
b) Insulation resistant between line and earth and neutral and earth.
c) Earth continuity resistance including all fittings.
d) Polarity check. Contractor shall submit a completion certificate to Kenya Power and Lighting
Company Limited for electricity connection.
A. RESISTANCE
Test on earth electrode when carried out with earth (null balance) at any point within the network must not exceed
3ohms.
B. MAINTENANCE
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintenance of equipment for 12 months after substantial completion. He
should allow his price for replacement of defective or burnt out lamps and other equipment.
All works to be carried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be required to carry
out all adjustments and improvements to meet the Architect's requirements at his own cost.
PARTICULAR PRELIMINARIES.
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON PLOT L.R. NO. 27425 -
(NCHIRU) MERU-MAUA ROAD, MERU COUNTY.
ITEM DESCRIPTION KSHS
BILL NO. 03
PARTICULAR PRELIMINARIES
The works to be carried out under this Contract involve Proposed Sports fields
facilities in Meru University of Science and Techology and all associate Services
Works.
C MEASUREMENTS
In the event of discrepancy between the Bill of Quantities and the actual works,
the site measurements shall generally take precedence. However, such
discrepancies between any Contract documents shall immediately be reported
to the Project Manager in accordance with Clause NO. 22 of the Conditions of
Contract. The discrepancies shall then be treated as a variation and be dealt
with in accordance with Clause 22 of the said Conditions.
E CLEARING AWAY
The Contractor shall remove all temporary works, rubbish, debris and surplus
materials from the site as they accumulate and upon completion of the works,
remove and clear away all plants, equipment, rubbish, unused materials, and
stains and leave in a clean tidy state to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.
The whole of the works shall be delivered up clean, complete and perfect in
condition in every respect to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.
A CLAIMS
B PAYMENTS
The Contractor is notified that the works are to be carried out on a fairly busy
site where the Client is going on with other normal activities. He/she is
therefore instructed to take reasonable care in the execution of the works so as
to prevent accidents, damage or loss and disruption of normal activities being
carried out by the Client. The Contractor is also notified all persons working
therein will be vetted before admittance. Further, there may be restricted time
operations without prior notice to the Contractor .The Contractor shall allow in
his rates any expenses he deems necessary by taking such care within the site.
NO claim will be entertained for failure to allow for this item.
D WORKING CONDITIONS
The Contractor shall allow in his rates for any interference that he may
encounter in the course of execution of the works for the Client may in some
cases ask for stoppage of the works until some activities within the site are
completed. The Contractor shall allow in his rates any expenses he deems
necessary for such interference encounters.
E NO LABOUR CAMPS
The Contractor shall not be allowed to house labour on site. Allow for
transporting workers to and from site during the Contact Period.
F STORAGE OF MATERIALS.
The Contractor is notified that there is no storage space on site and they shall
procure material storage space elsewhere and in premises nearby the site for
the entire construction period. The Contractor shall allow for the cost of the
Procurement of storage space in their tender rates and no claim will be
admitted for the failure to do so.
G PRICING NOTES
The tenderer shall include for all cost in executing the whole of the works,
including transport, replacing damaged items, fixing, all to comply with the
said Conditions of Contract. The tenderer to note that this is a tender whereby
the Main Contractor forms a consortia with relevant subcontractors in a
regulated and controlled domestic arrangement of contract.
The Contractor shall allow for providing adequate security for the works and
workers during the Contract. No claim will be entertained for lack of enough
security in this respect
The Contractor should note that these works are very urgent and must be
completed within the agreed contract period.
All materials for incorporation in the works must be in the site stores before
they are considered for payment, unless specifically exempted by the Project
Manager. This is to include materials of the Main Contractor, Nominated Sub-
Contractors and Nominated Suppliers. Payment of Furniture related materials
on site shall only be made on furniture that is completely assembled on site.
D EXISTING SERVICES
Prior to the commencement of any work, the Contractor is to ascertain from the
relevant authority the exact position, depth and level of all existing services in
the and he/she shall make whatever provisions that may be required by the
authority for support, maintenance and protection of such services.
E PERFORMANCE BOND
F TENDER DOCUMENT
Tender documents are listed in the Instruction to Tenderers and all documents
in connection therewith, as specified above must be delivered in the addressed
envelope which should be properly sealed and deposited at the offices as
specified in the letter accompanying these documents.
Tenders will be opened at the time specified in the letter accompanying these
documents. Tenders delivered or received later than the above time will not be
opened.
The tenderer shall submit one original and one copy of the bid document.
G BID SECURITY
The Contractor’s attention is drawn to the Legal Notice in the Finance Act part
3 Section 21(b) operative from 1st September, 1993 which requires payment of
VAT on all contracts. The Contractor therefore add VAT on the Rates as shown
in the Grand Summary Page in the Bills of Quantities.
B WITHHOLDING TAX
The Conditions of Contract and Forms of Contract shall be as Section III and
Section VIII of Standard Bidding Document annexed herewith in this Bidding
Documents. These Conditions and Forms of Contract are available during
working hours at the offices of the Project Manager.
The Contract Completion Period and terms of the Conditions of Contract must
be strictly adhered to.
(ii) Defects Liability Period 6 Months from practical completion date for
building works
The Contractor shall provide office for the Project Manager on site complete
with necessary facilities where site meetings shall be held and the Contractor
should allow for erecting and maintaining throughout the project period
temporary site office size 20 x 5m long comprising 50 x 100mm cypress timber
structure, flat roof covered with 30g corrugated iron sheets, 32g corrugated
iron sheer cladded walls, 100mm thick murram floor well compacted and
finished smooth with cement and sand (1:3) screed, timber doors, windows and
all necessary office furniture (6No. Arm chairs, table, calendar, visitors and site
instruction books).
This office shall be arranged to accommodate Clerk of works and Site Meeting
Room. Further the office of the Project Manager shall be separated from that of
the Contractor and the Contractor shall be liable and responsible for the
security of all papers and equipment contained in the and responsible for the
security of all papers and equipment contained in the office and shall supply
necessary stationery listed below.
The office shall be sited to the satisfaction of the PROJECT MANAGER and if
the Contractor moves his own main site office during the course of the
contract, he shall also move the Project Manager office to a site approved by the
PROJECT MANAGER without payment.
1 No. Surveying equipment both level and theodolite, leveling staff riding
rods and 50metre metallic or linen tape measure of approved quality and
chainmen.
1 No. Drawing board (size AO) and either Tee square or drafting machines.
The contractor will avail surveying equipment for the Clerk of Work /Project
Team Leader. One of the rooms shall be the Site Meeting Room with and
including sizeable table to accommodate and including minimum 14No. chairs
.
The above furniture and equipment shall revert to the Contractor when no
longer needed for the Contract at the practical completion. The Contractor shall
within 4 weeks before commencement of the Works hand over to the Clerk of
Work /Project Team Leader a fully completed, furnished and equipped office for
the PROJECT MANAGER'S Representative.
In the event, the above office is not completed within the stipulated time, the
Contractor shall provide suitable temporary office space for the Clerk of Work/
Project Team Leader. The Contractor shall price for the Clerk of Work/Project
Team Leader's office, equipment and maintenance as stipulated.
A Include a Percentage sum for the Contractor's Cost and profit for maintenance
of Project Manager's equipment and Stationery Supplies.
……………….%
B Include a Percentage Sum for the Contractor's Cost and Profit for the above
………......%
A NUISANCE
B APPENDICES
C SUFFICIENCY OF TENDER
The Main Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before tendering
as to the correctness and sufficiency of his tender for the works and of the
rates and prices stated in the Bills of Quantities which rates and prices shall
cover all his obligations under the contract and all matters and things
necessary for the proper completion of the works.
E CLERK OF WORKS
The contractor to allow Kenya Shillings One Million , Two Hundred thousand
(Ksh. 1,200,000.00) only for the employment of a qualified Clerk of works
herein after referred as C.O.W for the duration of the contract as will be
directed by the project manager. The emoluments of the C.O.W and any other
expenses including taxes, statutory deductions, annual leave and travels
inclusive of any gratuities that may accrue shall be deemed to have been taken 1,200,000.00
into account. The mode of payment shall be as per monthly and the amounts
included in the scheduled interim certificates.
F Include a percentage Sum for the Contractor's Cost and Profit for the
above………………………….%
A Provide mobile phone airtime for Clerk of works/Project Team Leader which
shall be given to officers in advance every month by the Contractor for the
Contract Duration (Ksh. 500,000.00) Kenya Shillings Five Hundred thousand 500,000.00
only.
B Include a percentage Sum for the Contractor's Cost and Profit for the
above………………………….%
BILL NO. 03
COLLECTION
GENERAL PRELIMINARIES.
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON PLOT L.R. NO. 27425 -
(NCHIRU) MERU-MAUA ROAD, MERU COUNTY.
ITEM DESCRIPTION KSHS
BILL NO. 04
GENERAL PRELIMINARIES
B Throughout these bills, units of measurement and terms are abbreviated and shall
be interpreted as follows
Fix Only;
"Fix Only" Shall mean take and delivery at the nearest Rail Station (unless
otherwise stated), pay all demurrage charges, load and transport to site where
necessary, distribute to position, hoist and fix only.
B THE EMPLOYER
C PROJECT MANAGER
The term "PM" wherever used in this Bills of Quantities shall be deemed to imply
the Project Manager as defined in Conditions of Contract or such person or persons
as may be duly authorized to represent him on behalf of the Employer.
PROJECT CONSULTANTS:
A CONSULTING ARCHITECT.
The term "Consulting Architect" shall be deemed to mean " M/S OTTO MRUTTU +
PARTNERS, ARCHITECTS OF P.O BOX 76382-00508, NAIROBI.
The term "Consulting Quantity Surveyor" shall be deemed to mean "M/S QUANTI -
BILL CONSULTS CO. LTD OF P.O. BOX 34360 - 00100, NAIROBI. Any
instructions, directions, approvals, valuations and correspondence from the
Consulting Quantity Surveyors shall be deemed for all contractual purposes in the
works to be instructions, directions approvals valuations from the Project Manager
and shall be carried out appropriately as the actions of the Project Manager
The term "Consulting Electrical Engineer" shall be deemed to mean " M/S REX
CONSULTANTS OF P.O. BOX 73878 - 00200, NAIROBI. Any instructions,
directions, approvals, valuation and correspondence from the Consulting Electrical
Engineer shall be deemed for all contractual purposes in the works to be
instructions, directions, approvals, valuaions from the Project Manager and shall
be carried out appropriately as the actions of the Project Manager.
The term "Consulting Mechanical Engineer" shall be deemed to mean" M/S REX
CONSULTANTS OF P.O. BOX 73878 - 00200, NAIROBI. Any instructions,
directions, approvals, valuations and correspondence from the Consulting
Mechanical Engineer shall be deemed for all contractual purposes in the works to
be instructions, directions, approvals, valuations from the Project Manager and
shall be carried out appropriately as the actions of the Project Manager.
A FORM OF CONTRACT.
C TRANSPORT
Allow for transport of workmen, materials, etc. to and from the site at such hours
and by such routes as may be permitted by competent Authorities
B STORAGE OF MATERIALS
The Contractor is adviced the bank will not allow on - site storage of materials for
lack of space and the Contractor shall procure storage space elsewhere as detailed
in page PP/2 item C. This being a consortia contract, the Main Contractor to allow
for the storage facilities for the subcontractors.
C SAMPLES
The Contractor shall furnish at his own cost any samples of materials or
workmanship including concrete test cubes required for the works that may be
called for by the PROJECT MANAGER for his approval until such samples are
approved by the PROJECT MANAGER may reject any materials or workmanship
not in his opinion not to the approved sample. The PROJECT MANAGER shall
arrange for testing of such materials as he/she may at his/her discretion deem
desirable, but the testing shall be made at the expense of the Contractor and not at
the expense of the PROJECT MANAGER. The Contractor shall pay for the testing in
accordance with the current scale of testing charges laid down by Ministry of
Public Works
The procedure for submitting samples of materials for testing and the method of
marking for identification shall be laid down by the PROJECT MANAGER. The
Contractor shall allow in his tender for such samples and tests except for those in
connection with nominated subcontractor's work.
The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the security of the works,
materials, plant, personnel, etc, both his own and subcontractor's and must
provide all necessary watching, lighting and precautions necessary to ensure
security against theft, loss or damage and the protection of the public.
C EXISTING PROPERTY
The Contractor shall take every precaution to avoid damage to existing property
including roads, cables, drains, and other services and he will be held responsible
for and shall make good all such damages arising from the execution of this
Contract at his own expense and at his own cost to the satisfaction of the Project
Manager.
A ACCESS TO SITE.
Means of accessing the site shall be agreed with the PROJECT MANAGER prior to
commencement of the works and the Contractor must allow for building any
necessary temporary access for the transport of materials, plant and workmen as
may be required for the complete execution of the works including the provision of
temporary gates or any other means of accessing the site. Upon completing the
works, the Contractor shall remove any temporary gate and make good and
reinstate all works and surfaces disturbed to the satisfaction of the PROJECT
MANAGER.
The sanitation of the works shall be arranged and maintained by the Contractor to
the satisfaction of the Project Manager, Local Authorities and Labour Department.
A PERFORMANCE BOND.
The Contractor shall find and submit in the Form of Tender an APPROVED BANK
or APPROVED PPOA INSURANCE COMPANY and who will be willing to be bound
to the Employer in amount equal to Ten per cent (10%) of the Contract amount for
the due performances of the Contract up to the date of completion as certified by
the PROJECT MANAGER and who will when and if called upon, sign a Bond to that
effect on the relevant standard form included herein (without the addition of any
limitations) on the same day as the Contract Agreement is signed, by the Employer,
and the Contractor in the event that bank sumitted does not sign the Performance
Bond by the date the Contract Agreement is signed by the parties for whatsoever
reasons, the Contractor shall furnish within seven days another Surety to the
approval of the Employer
B COMMUNICATION FACILITIES
The Contractor shall allow for telephone on site and to maintain the same for use
by the Project Manager.
The Contractor shall allow for making any National Social Security Fund Payments
due in respect of work people.
D DIRECT CONTRACTS
Notwithstanding the foregoing conditions, the Meru University reserves the right to
place a "Direct Contract" for any goods or services required in the works which are
covered by a P.C. Sum in the Bills of Quantities and to pay for the same direct. In
any such instances, profit relative to the P.C. Sum, the priced Bills of Quantities
will be adjusted as described for P.C. Sums and allowed.
The Contractor shall allow for the protection of the whole of the works contained in
the Bills of Quantities, including casing , casing up, temporary roofs, gutters,
drains as may be necessary to avoid damage to finished works to the satisfaction of
the PROJECT MANAGER and remove such protection when no longer required and
make good any damage which may nevertheless have been done at completion free
of cost to the Government.
From the beginning to the completion of the Works, the same shall be under the
entire care and control of the Contractor, who shall take all possible precautions to
ensure the safety of all wheeled traffic and pedestrians. The Contractor shall allow
for providing all watching, lighting, barriers, covering open trenches, caution
warnings and protection of the works including Sub-Contract Works, the protection
of the public and his own and Sub-Contractors employees.
In the event of any damage or loss occurring to the works or to materials or to any
sewers, gullies, drains, paths or other existing works, on site in temporary
possession of the Contractor for the purpose of the completion works of this
contract, either from the weather, want or proper protection, defects, theft,
insufficiency of the works or any other cause whatsoever during the progress of the
works, or for any accident or damage to property or persons by reason of the
works, the Contractor alone shall be responsible and shall without extra charge,
make good all damage and pay all costs incurred.
B LIABILITY OF DEFECTS
C GENERAL SPECIFICATION.
For the full description of materials and workmanship, method of execution of the
work and notes for pricing, the Contractor is referred to the Ministry of Roads and
Public Works General Specification dated 1976 or any subsequent revision thereof
which is issued as a separate document, and which shall be allowed in all respects.
Unless it conflicts with the General Preliminaries, Trade Preambles or other items
in these Bills of Quantities it shall apply.
In the event of such conflict, the provision of the General and Particular
Preliminaries, Trade Preambles and these Bills of Quantities shall take Precedence.
A INCOMPETENCE
The PROJECT MANAGER and his Representatives reserve the right to dismiss any
incompetent or negligent workmen from the job and such persons shall not be
employed on the work again.
The Contractor shall allow before commencing excavation for any foundation works
on site for opening up trial pits within the areas of the foundation as directed by
the PROJECT MANAGER. Where a trial pit is excavated to a level below the
founding level of the structure, it shall be backfilled to that level with approved
material or concrete as directed by the PROJECT MANAGER. No claim will be
entertained for failure to allow for opening up of trial pits
The PROJECT MANAGER shall be entitled to deduct any monies which the
Contractor shall be liable to pay under the Contract to the Employer from any sum
which may become payable to the Contractor hereunder the PROJECT MANAGER
in issuing his Certificates as provided in the Payment clause shall have regard to
any sums so chargeable against the Contractor. Provided always that this provision
shall not affect any other remedy by action at law or otherwise to which the
Employer may be entitled for the recovery of such monies.
D TRADE NAMES
A SIGNBOARD
The Contractor shall allow for providing, erecting and maintaining 1No. standard
signboard at site or where shown, the sizes, type of construction and lettering of
which shall be to the PROJECT MANAGER'S design. The names of the Client,
Client's Representatives, Consultants and NCC Approval Number are to be fixed
in lettering 50mm high. The board is to be fixed in an elevated position on the site
or where indicated by the PROJECT MANAGER. On completion of the works, the
notice board shall be removed and making good shall be carried out as necessary.
B SCAFFOLDING
The Contractor shall allow for providing, erecting and dismantling and removal at
completion of all general scaffolding required for the works. The Contractor must
allow here on in his rates for providing all special scaffolding required by Domestic
Sub-contractors and Nominated Sub-contractors carrying out works for which P.C.
sums are included later in these bills.
C PUBLIC HOLIDAYS
The Contractor shall allow in his programme for the following eleven (11) Public
Holidays per calendar year in Kenya, during which the Contractor shall not be
permitted to work.
The Contractor should also allow per calendar year for a further two (2) unspecified
public holidays which may be announced by the Government of Kenya without
prior notification, and during which the Contractor shall not be permitted to work.
No claim shall be entertained either monetary or extension of time for failure to
allow for Public Holidays.
Lump sums entered in these Bills of Quantities against any items will be included
in appropriate Valuations according to reasonable assessment of actual costs
involved in the item. Any balance between this assessment and the actual sum
entered in the Bills of Quantities will be included in subsequent Valuations as
monthly installments over the balance of the Contract Period. Preliminary items
must be in accordance with actual costs and loading may cause disqualification.
The Contractor shall at the request of the PROJECT MANAGER and or Project
Manager's Representative within such time as the Project Manager shall name,
open for inspection any work covered up, and should the Contractor refuse or
neglect to comply with such request, the Project Manager may employ workmen
other than those employed by the Contractor to open up the same.
If the work has not been covered up in contravention of such instructions and be
found in accordance with the said Drawings and Bills of Quantities, then the
expenses aforesaid shall be borne by the Employer and be added to the Contract
sum; provided always that in the case of foundations or of any other urgent work
so opened up and requiring immediate attention, the PROJECT MANAGER shall,
within a reasonable time after the work has been opened, make or cause to be
made the inspection thereof, and at the expiration of such time, if such inspection
shall not have been made the Contractor may cover up again for inspection except
at the expense of the Employer.
A PROGRESS CHART.
The Contractor shall provide within two weeks of Possession of Site and in
Agreement with the PROJECT MANAGER a Progress Chart for the whole of the
works including the works of Nominated Subcontractors; one copy to be handed to
the PROJECT MANAGER and a further copy to be retained on site. Progress to be
recorded and chart to be amended as necessary as the work proceeds.
The term "Prime Cost or P.C. Sum" whenever used in these Bills of Quantities shall
be expended upon the authority of the Project Manager.
In the final account, all P.C. Sums shall be deducted and the amount properly
expended upon the PROJECT MANAGER'S order in respect of each of them added
to the Contract Sum .The Contractor shall produce to the PROJECT MANAGER
such quotations, invoices or bills, properly receipted, as may be necessary to show
the actual details of the sums paid by the Contractor. Items of profit upon P.C.
Sums shall be adjusted in the final account pro-rata to the amount paid. Items of
attendance (as previously described) following P.C. Sums shall be adjusted to the
physical extent of the work executed (not pro-rata to the amount paid) and shall
apply even though the Contractors Priced Bills of Quantities shows a percentage in
the rate column in respect of them.
Should the Contractor be permitted to tender and his tender be accepted of any
work for which a P.C. Sum is included in the Bills of Quantities profit and
attendance will be allowed as it would be if the work were executed by a Nominated
Subcontractor.
A NOMINATED SUB-CONTRACTORS.
When any work is ordered by the Project Manager to be executed by Nominated
Subcontractors, the Contractor shall enter into Sub - contracts as described in
Clause NO. 08 of the Conditions of Contract and shall thereafter be responsible for
such Sub - contractors in every respect. unless otherwise described the
Contractors is to provide for such Sub - contractors any or all of the facilities
described in these, Preliminaries. The Contractor should price for these within the
Nominated Sub - Contractors work concerned in the P.C. Sums under the
description "Add for Attendance" to include both Attendance and any Special
Attendance that may be necessary.
B DIRECT CONTRACTS
Notwithstanding the foregoing conditions, the Employer reserves the right to place
a "Direct Contract" for any goods or services required in the works which are
covered by a P.C. Sum in the Bills of Quantities and to pay for the same direct. In
any such instances, profit relative to the P.C. Sum the priced Bills of Quantities
will be adjusted as described for P.C. Sums and allowed.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for paying his Domestic Sub - Contractors
but the Employer reserves the right in very exceptional circumstances to make
such payments direct in the interest of the project where completion thereof might
be jeopardized by any dispute between the Contractor and any of his domestic sub -
contractors.
C INSURANCE
The Contractor shall insure as required in accordance with Clause NO. 30.3 of the
Conditions of Contract. No payment on account in respect of the works shall be
made to the Contractor unless he/she has satisfied the PROJECT MANAGER either
by production of an Insurance Policy certificate that the foregoing Insurance
Clauses have been complied within all respects. Thereafter the PROJECT
MANAGER shall from time to time ascertain that premiums are duly paid up by the
Contractor who shall if called upon to do so, produce receipted premium renewals
for the PROJECT MANAGER's inspection. The contractor shall allow for 9% of value
of work over and above the value of work to cover professional fees for insurance
purposes only. All Insurance Policies must have the interest of Meru University
endorsed in them.
D PROVISIONAL WORK
All work described as "Provisional" in these Bills of Quantities is subject to re-
measurement in order to ascertain the actual quantity executed for which payment
will be made. All "Provisional" and other work liable to adjustment under this
Contract be left uncovered for a reasonable period of time to enable all
measurements needed to be taken by the PROJECT MANAGER. Immediately the
work is ready for measuring, the Contractor shall give notice to the PROJECT
MANAGER. If the Contractor makes default in these respects he/she shall if the
PROJECT MANAGER so directs uncover the work to enable all measurements to be
taken afterwards reinstate at his own expense.
B BLASTING OPERATIONS
C TRAINING LEVY
The Contractor's attention is drawn to legal notice No. 237 of October, 1971 which
requires payment by Contractor of a Training levy at the rate of 1/4% of the
Contract Sum on all Contracts of more than Kshs. 500,000.00 in value.
D MATERIALS ON SITE
All materials for incorporation into the works must be stored on or adjacent to the
site before payment is effected unless specifically exempted by the PROJECT
MANAGER. This includes the materials of the Main Contractor, Nominated
Subcontractors and Nominated Suppliers.
E HOARDING
The Contractor shall enclose the site or part of the works under construction
particulary the site facing education blocks with a hoarding 2400mm high
consisting of iron sheets on 100x50mm timber posts firmly secured at 1800mm
centers with two 75x50mm timber rails. The Contractor is in addition required to
take precautions necessary for the safe custody of the works, materials, plant,
public and Employer's property on the site. The tenderer is adviced to make site
verification and no claim will be entertained for the failure to carry out site
verification.
The Contractor shall constantly keep on the works a literate English and Kiswahili
speaking Agent Representative, competent and experienced in the kind of work
involved who shall give his whole experience in the kind of work involved and shall
give his whole time to the superintendence of the works. Such Agent or
Representative shall receive on behalf of the Contractor all directions and
instructions from the PROJECT MANAGER and such directions shall be deemed to
have been given to the Contractor in accordance with the Conditions of Contract.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the leasing or renting of, and compensation
for all land required for quarries, borrow pits, dump site, spoil and stockpile areas
and access thereto. No claims whatsoever shall be entertained for failure to allow
pricing on this item at all.
The Contractor shall be KEBS compliance by meeting the relevant Kenya Bureau of
Standards statutory levies in accordance with the law.
The tenderer shall included in their rates any Local Authority Charges e.g.
Licenses, Cess, Parking Fee Hoarding Licenses, Vehicular toll charges, dumping
licences and sites etc, as these will not be paid for separately.
The Contractor shall provide for health and safety officer and comply with safety
and health regulations in accordance with Industrial and Other Places of Work
safety and Health Regulation Act.
The Contractor shall allow for installing clearly visible "warning sign" and
"Warning Tapes" as part of security and safety management.
The Contractor shall allows for safety gear for workers in accordance with this
Clause e.g. identification badge, helmet, grooves, overalls/dust coats etc.
The Contractor is adviced to visit the site before tender to appraise themselves of
accessibility, restrictions, security controls, status conditions, environment of work
delivery and any difficult variables. No claims will be accepted for failure to have
acquainted themselves with the site and the environment in general.
B Meru University reserves the right to accept or reject any (or all) bids without
any obligations to give reasons for so doing.
BILL NO. 04
COLLECTION
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Oversite Excavation
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
ELEMENT NO. 2 - SOCCER PITCH (All provisional)
Sub-Grade
A Roll and compact subgrade formation to achieve 98%
modified proctors MDD including grading to falls and SM 10,400
crossfalls
Fillings
D Pick from excavations and use selected excavated vegetable
soil and lap to 150mm thick to be ploughed, disked,
graded and chain harrowed for a smooth surface with even
falls and a fine tilth for seeding including removal of
weeds. Ameliorants (cow manure mixed at 1:2 of top soil)
and fertilizer (11:6:9 N:P2O5:K2O applied at a rate of circa
SM 10,400
500Kg/ha or approved equal to manufacturer's printed
instructions and specifications) to be mixed into the top
soil to receive natural lawn (Pennisetum clandestinum)
(m.s)
FINISHIINGS
Natural finish
Channels
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Sub-Grade
Fillings
Channels
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Sub-Grade
FINISHIINGS
Natural finish
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
FRENCH DRAIN
Oversite Excavation
(All excavations Measured Net)
A Main-drain CM 720
B Ditto to Sub-drain CM 73
C Main-drain SM 480
E 200mm diameter LM 50
Carried to collection -
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Drain Fillings.
Inspection chambers
Carried to collection -
Collection:
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Excavations.
Oversite Excavations.
Concrete works
I Strip footing CM 96
J Columns CM 7
K Steps CM 6
L Cast insitu coping Cm 18
Carried to Collection -
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
ALL PROVISIONAL
Foundation Walling.
TERRACE WALLING
Selected fine dressed natural stone walling with a
minimum of 7.0N/mm2 average compressive strength
to B.S. 5390; bedded and jointed in cement and sand
mortar (1:4) to approval
Weep Holes.
Carried to Collection -
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Fillings
FINISHIINGS
Natural Grass finish
Channels
Carried to collection -
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Collection:
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Formwork
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
ELEMENT
1 EXCAVATIONS -
2 SOCCER PITCH -
3 ATHLETICS TRACK -
4 LAWN SURROUND -
6 TERRACES -
7 GOAL POSTS -
HOCKEY PITCH B
PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS FOR MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ON PLOT L.R. NO. 27425 - (NCHIRU) MERU-MAUA ROAD, MERU
COUNTY.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
Oversite Excavation
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
Sub-Grade
Fillings
FINISHIINGS
Natural finish
Channels
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
FRENCH DRAIN
Oversite Excavation
(All excavations Measured Net)
A Main-drain CM 243 -
B Ditto to Sub-drain CM 61 -
C Main-drain SM 162 -
Carried to collection -
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
Drain Fillings. -
Inspection chambers
Carried to collection -
Collection:
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
Excavations.
Oversite Excavations.
A
Excavate oversite average 200mm thick and collect the soil and
SM 920 -
cart away from site as directed.
I Strip footing CM 96 -
J Columns CM 8 -
K Steps CM 6 -
-
L Cast insitu coping Cm 18 -
Carried to Collection -
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
ALL PROVISIONAL
Supply and fix steel reinforcement including cutting,
bending, hooking, tying and supporting as required
High yield tensile square twisted bars to B.S 4461 and K.S
02.22:1976
Foundation Walling.
TERRACE WALLING
Selected fine dressed natural stone walling with a minimum
of 7.0N/mm2 average compressive strength to B.S. 5390;
bedded and jointed in cement and sand mortar (1:4) to
approval
-
Precast concrete trimmings finished fair on all exposed
faces. -
-
375 x 75mm thick concrete coping reinforced with BS. 4482
G BRC mesh. LM 585 -
-
Keying Finish to exposed wall surfaces.
Carried to Collection -
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
Fillings
FINISHIINGS
Channels
Carried to collection -
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
Collection:
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
Excavations.
E 200mm thick. SM 98 -
Stone Pitching.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
Excavation
Formwork
E Sawn formwork with one coat of an approved retarding agent to
SM 8 -
vertical sides of socket bases
-
Mild steel work in:- -
-
F Achoring system anchoring in concrete including neoprene caps
all as per manufacturer's instructions. NO 4 -
Mesh NET
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
ELEMENT
1 EXCAVATIONS -
2 HOCKEY PITCH -
6 TERRACES -
7 STONE PITCHING -
8 GOAL POSTS -
TENNIS COURT
PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY ON PLOT L.R. NO. 27425 - (NCHIRU) MERU-MAUA ROAD
MERU COUNTY.
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Oversite Excavation
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Sub-Grade
Fillings
FINISHIINGS
Natural finish
Channels
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
FRENCH DRAIN
Oversite Excavation
(All excavations Measured Net)
A Main-drain CM 108
B Ditto to Sub-drain CM 6
C Main-drain SM 72
Carried to collection
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Drain Fillings.
Inspection chambers
Carried to collection
Collection:
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Excavations.
Oversite Excavations.
A
Excavate oversite average 200mm thick and collect the
SM 276
soil and cart away from site as directed.
Concrete works
I Strip footing CM 29
J Columns CM 2
K Steps CM 6
L Cast insitu coping Cm 5
Carried to Collection
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
ALL PROVISIONAL
Foundation Walling.
TERRACE WALLING
Selected fine dressed natural stone walling with a
minimum of 7.0N/mm2 average compressive
strength to B.S. 5390; bedded and jointed in cement
and sand mortar (1:4) to approval
Weep Holes.
Carried to Collection
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Fillings
A Imported and approved murram backfill materials as
infill to terraces walls, well watered, rolled and
compacted to 98% MDD at optimum moisture content in
CM 147
1 layers not exceeding 150mm Thick to Engineer's
approval
FINISHIINGS
Natural Grass finish
D Natural Paspalum Grass (or equivalent) on 150mm deep
amended top soil media (m.s) on 100mm well compacted
fine sand (m.s) to receive fertilizer 4:1:3 N:P2O5:K2O
applied at a rate of circa 500Kg/ha or approved equal to
manufacturer's printed instructions and specifications) 9-
12 months after lawn seeding, and annualy thereafter to SM 252
specialist specifications . Contractor to allow for
watering and maintenance for six months till fully
established.
Channels
Carried to collection
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Collection:
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Excavation
Formwork
E Sawn formwork with one coat of an approved retarding
SM 8
agent to vertical sides of socket bases
Mesh NET
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
ELEMENT
1 EXCAVATIONS
2 TENNIS COURT
4 TERRACES
BASKETBALL PITCH B
PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY ON PLOT L.R. NO. 27425 - (NCHIRU) MERU-MAUA ROAD
MERU COUNTY.
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Oversite Excavation
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Sub-Grade
Sub-Base
FINISHINGS
ASPHALT FINISH
Channels
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
FRENCH DRAIN
Oversite Excavation
(All excavations Measured Net)
A Main-drain CM 99
B Ditto to Sub-drain CM 6
C Main-drain SM 60
Carried to collection
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Drain Fillings.
Inspection chambers
Carried to collection
Collection:
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Excavations.
Oversite Excavations.
A
Excavate oversite average 200mm thick and collect
SM 322
the soil and cart away from site as directed.
Concrete works
I Strip footing CM 34
J Columns CM 3
K Steps CM 6
L Cast insitu coping Cm 6
Carried to Collection
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
ALL PROVISIONAL
Supply and fix steel reinforcement including
cutting, bending, hooking, tying and supporting as
required
Foundation Walling.
TERRACE WALLING
Selected fine dressed natural stone walling with a
minimum of 7.0N/mm2 average compressive
strength to B.S. 5390; bedded and jointed in
cement and sand mortar (1:4) to approval
Weep Holes.
Carried to Collection
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Fillings
FINISHIINGS
Natural Grass finish
Channels
Carried to collection
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Collection:
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Formwork
Carried to collection
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
Carried to collection
Collection:
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE
(KSH)
ELEMENT
1 EXCAVATIONS
4 TERRACES
NETBALL PITCH B
PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY ON PLOT L.R. NO. 27425 - (NCHIRU) MERU-MAUA ROAD
MERU COUNTY.
Oversite Excavation
Sub-Grade
Fillings
FINISHIINGS
Natural finish
Channels
FRENCH DRAIN
Oversite Excavation
(All excavations Measured Net)
A Main-drain CM 108 -
B Ditto to Sub-drain CM 22 -
C Main-drain SM 72 -
Carried to collection -
Drain Fillings.
Inspection chambers
Carried to collection -
Collection:
Excavations.
Oversite Excavations.
A
Excavate oversite average 200mm thick and collect the soil
SM 552 -
and cart away from site as directed.
I Strip footing CM 58 -
J Columns CM 4 -
K Steps CM 6 -
-
L Cast insitu coping Cm 11 -
Carried to Collection -
Foundation Walling.
TERRACE WALLING
Selected fine dressed natural stone walling with a
minimum of 7.0N/mm2 average compressive strength
to B.S. 5390; bedded and jointed in cement and sand
mortar (1:4) to approval
-
Precast concrete trimmings finished fair on all exposed
faces. -
-
375 x 75mm thick concrete coping reinforced with BS. 4482
G BRC mesh. LM 360 -
-
Keying Finish to exposed wall surfaces.
Carried to Collection -
FINISHIINGS
Natural Grass finish
Channels
Carried to collection -
Collection:
Formwork
-
Galvanised steel posts
ELEMENT
1 EXCAVATIONS -
2 PITCH -
4 TERRACES -
5 GOAL POSTS -
VOLLEYBALL PITCH B
PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY ON PLOT L.R. NO. 27425 - (NCHIRU) MERU-MAUA ROAD
MERU COUNTY.
Oversite Excavation
Sub-Grade
Fillings
FINISHIINGS
Natural finish
Channels
FRENCH DRAIN
Oversite Excavation
(All excavations Measured Net)
A Main-drain CM 108
B Ditto to Sub-drain CM 16
C Main-drain SM 72
Carried to collection
Drain Fillings.
Inspection chambers
Carried to collection
Collection:
Excavations.
Oversite Excavations.
A
Excavate oversite average 200mm thick and collect the soil
SM 322
and cart away from site as directed.
I Strip footing CM 34
J Columns CM 4
K Steps CM 6
L Cast insitu coping Cm 6
Carried to Collection
Foundation Walling.
TERRACE WALLING
Selected fine dressed natural stone walling with a
minimum of 7.0N/mm2 average compressive strength to
B.S. 5390; bedded and jointed in cement and sand mortar
(1:4) to approval
Weep Holes.
Carried to Collection
FINISHIINGS
Natural Grass finish
Channels
Carried to collection
Collection:
Excavation
Formwork
Net
ELEMENT
1 EXCAVATIONS
2 PITCH
4 TERRACES
HANDBALL PITCH A
PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY ON PLOT L.R. NO. 27425 - (NCHIRU) MERU-MAUA ROAD
MERU COUNTY.
Oversite Excavation
Sub-Grade
Fillings
FINISHIINGS
Natural finish
Channels
F Provide, lay and joint Channel, 125x150mm flush channel
block, laid on and including 450x100mm concrete (1:3:6) bed LM 150
and 100x200mm haunching behind
TOTAL FOR NET BALL PITCH CARRIED TO SUMMARY
FRENCH DRAIN
Oversite Excavation
(All excavations Measured Net)
A Main-drain CM 135
B Ditto to Sub-drain CM 22
C Main-drain SM 72
Carried to collection
Drain Fillings.
Inspection chambers
Carried to collection
Collection:
Excavations.
Oversite Excavations.
A
Excavate oversite average 200mm thick and collect the soil and
SM 552
cart away from site as directed.
I Strip footing CM 58
J Columns CM 4
K Steps CM 6
L Cast insitu coping Cm 11
Carried to Collection
High yield tensile square twisted bars to B.S 4461 and K.S
02.22:1976:
Foundation Walling.
TERRACE WALLING
Selected fine dressed natural stone walling with a minimum
of 7.0N/mm2 average compressive strength to B.S. 5390;
bedded and jointed in cement and sand mortar (1:4) to
approval
Weep Holes.
Supply and fix 150mm UPVC pipe 250mm long as weep holes
across 200mm thick wall with and including all necessary
I chasing and finish all around them. NO 960
Carried to Collection
FINISHIINGS
Natural Grass finish
Channels
Carried to collection
Collection:
Formwork
Prime stop and apply one undercoat and two finishing coats
of gloss paint to CROWN PAINTS first quality or other equal
and approved to metal surfaces of:
J Supply and fix 25mm thick rubber tubing all around 100mm
diameter vertical posts LM 10
ELEMENT
1 EXCAVATIONS
2 PITCH
4 TERRACES
5 GOAL POSTS
WASHROOMS
PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY ON PLOT L.R. NO. 27425 - (NCHIRU) MERU-MAUA ROAD
MERU COUNTY.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
SUBSTRUCTURE
Excavations.
Oversite Excavations.
Approved Hardcore
Approved hardcore compacted and watered in layers
I CM 38
of 150mm
Carried to Collection
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
Anti-termite Treatment
Concrete works
Carried to Collection
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
Foundation Walling.
Carried to Collection
COLLECTION
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
CONCRETE SUPERSTRUCTURE
A Ring Beams CM 2
ALL PROVISIONAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
WALLING
B Ditto internally SM 27
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
Covering
A Prepainted G.I Gauge 28 box profie roofing sheets
all bent to profile of trusses SM 72
Sundries.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
DOORS
DOOR LINTELS
Carried to Collection
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
Ironmongery
Carried to Collection
COLLECTION
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
WINDOWS
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
FINISHES
FLOOR
WALL FINISH
Carried to Collection
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
COLLECTION PAGE
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
(ALL PROVISIONAL)
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
COLLECTION
Brought from
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
1 Substructures
2 Concrete superstructure.
3 Walling
5 Doors
6 Windows
7 Finishes
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
Carried To Collection
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
PROVISIONAL SUMS
Carried To Collection
COLLECTION
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (KSH)
ELEMENT
1 BUILDERS WORK
Subtotal (a)
EXTERNAL WORKS
PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY ON PLOT L.R. NO. 27425 - (NCHIRU) MERU-MAUA ROAD
MERU COUNTY.
Oversite Excavation
Sub-grade
Fillings
Channel
ELEMENT
1 FOOTH PATHS -
2 EARTH DRAIN -
PROVISIONAL SUMS
Allow for Main Contractor's profit and attendance for the above
F ….%
(Environmental and social management Plan)
Allow for Main Contractor's profit and attendance for the above (soil
J ….%
investigation and laboratory analysis/testing)
COLLECTION
B/F from page 1
GRAND SUMMARY.
15 SUBTOTAL NO. 01
17 SUBTOTAL NO. 02
Address……………..……….………………………………………………………………..
Date………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Description……………………………………………………………………………..
Address……………………………………………………………………………………..
Date……………………………………………………………………………………………..
13
0
. 00
60
1355.000
13
0
0
.00
0
00
00
00
0
00
.
.0
00
59
71
0
.
GENERAL NOTES
68
72
.00
.
70
13
13
69
29,750
13
13
0
13
13
55
.00
4,200 3,050 15,250 3,050 4,200
00
00
13
4,200
58
.
5.0
1
67
This drawing is protected under the copyright
13
13
135
Act, and cannot be used or reproduced in
3,050
0
7.00
00
part or in whole without authors consent.
.
66
NETBALL
135
2
13
FUTURE Read only figured dimensions.
00
NETBALL PITCH B
45,000
.0
1355.00 3 All construction work is to comply with the
65
30,500
0
PITCH A
00
13
latest K.B.S. standard codes of practice,
.
0
56
00
Local Authority By- Laws, and fire
13
.
64
regulations.
13
0
00
1354.00
0 4 P.V. denotes permanent ventilation and
.
63
0
4,200 3,050
must be provided above all doors and
5.00
13
00
windows where indicated or shown.
.0
135
WASH
62
ROOMS 21,400 5 All walls less than 200mm thick to be
13
FUTURE FUTURE 4,200 2,000 9,000 2,001 4,200
0
reinforced with hoop iron at every alternate
00
SOCCER PITCH FUTURE HOCKEY PITCH course.
.
61
22,200
13
2,000 14,000 2,000 4,200
0
VOLLEYBALL
.00
4,200
TERRACE
60
2,000 4,650 4,600 4,750
2,000
13
PITCH A 1355.00
FUTURE
R 1.800
0
00
above G.L.
12,000
BASKETBALL
.
BASKETBALL
59
COURT B 8 All R.C. works to structural engineer’s
13
36,400
COURT A
24,000
1354.00 R 1.800
00
TERRACE
details.
00
.
R 6.750
.0
58
9
12,000
Provide 1 row of 600x600x50mm precast
13
00
4,200
4,200
0
.0
TERRACE
conc paving slabs around the building
.00
69 16,700 4,200
unless otherwise shown.
13
5,500
3,000
57
3,000 10,700 4,200
2,000
FUTURE TERRACE
13
10 Contractors must verify all dimensions and
4,200
2No. TENNIS
0
TENNIS
00
0 levels on site before commencing work. Any
.
COURTS
54
00 COURTS
0
. discrepancies must be reported to the
13
.00
68
34,700
23,700
13 architect before work is put in hand.
56
1355.00
11
13
00 73,400 FUTURE All levels shown are finished levels
7.0
6
4,200 5,000 55,000 5,000 4,200
PARKING otherwise stated.
13
LOT 12 All surface beds to be cast on well
5,500
4,200
0
00
TERRACE
4,200
66
4,200
TERRACE
6,000
25,670 3,660 25,670
13 13 Depth of foundation trenches to be
minimum 600mm below reduced ground
1355.000
level.
14 All pipes and services to be minimum 450mm
22,900
0
.00
65
.
64
TERRACE
13
TERRACE
R 36.500
WASH
0
00
ROOMS
.
63
22,600
13
HOCKEY PITCH
EXISTING BASE BALL
36,500
B
REVISIONS
3,000
1356.00
DIAMOND
111,400
91,000
5,400
No. Date Revision/Issue
00
00
16,500
36,500
.0
.0
22,600
61
11,100
62
13
13
0
. 00 11,500 10,875 18,251
R 9.122
10,875 11,500
60
13
22,900
34,500
0
00
.
59
R 9.126
13
1354.00
FUTURE
6,000
194,000
130,000
PAVILION
4,200
4,200
TERRACE
4,200 24,000 4,200
0
TERRACE
00
SOCCER PITCH B
2,000
.
58
(with Athletics
13
1355
.000 Facility) FUTURE
34,500
20
HANDBALL HANDBALL
00
00
.0
m
m 4,200 4,400 9,760 73,000 9,760 4,400 4,200
PITCH A PITCH B
52,000
W
57 ID
E
110,000
40,000
13
SW
AL
E 1354.00
OTTO MRUTTU RGD. ARCHITECT - No: 1023
SIGNATURE
16,500
Proposed work shown thus
3,800 2,000
TERRACE
3,000
32,400
0
TERRACE
Work to be demolished shown thus
.00
53
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
13
Mukinduri
13
54
TERRACE
13
.00
54
0
.00
20
5,598
00m
m
WI
0
DE
SW
AL
Muuti
13
7 .0
13
00 ROAD.
0
53
58
200
0m
.
m
.0
00
WID
ES
00
WA
0
LE DRAWING TITLE
Gravillea
13
REVISION
56
JOB NO DRG. NO
.00
01
0
P-110
PHASE ONE MASTER PLAN 1:750
SCALE DATE DRAWN
1:750 JUNE
S.K.M.
2018
Page 1 of 21
NOTES
S-A
GENERAL NOTES
E-02
1 This drawing is protected under the copyright
Act, and cannot be used or reproduced in
part or in whole without authors consent.
2
5,400 1,500 Read only figured dimensions.
3 All construction work is to comply with the
200 5,000 200 1,300 200 latest K.B.S. standard codes of practice,
Local Authority By- Laws, and fire
regulations.
400 600 500 2,400 500 600 400 1,300 200
4 P.V. denotes permanent ventilation and
must be provided above all doors and
PV PV PV
400
windows where indicated or shown.
200
200
reinforced with hoop iron at every alternate
500
course.
WHB to approval 6 Water Meter to be 300mm above G.L.
2,400 PV 7 D.p.c. denotes one layer of bituminous
1,200
felt to be provided under walls 150mm
LADIES WC D1 above G.L.
8 All R.C. works to structural engineer’s
ff. 600*600mm Ceramic details.
13mm Solid Grade Laminate 9 Provide 1 row of 600x600x50mm precast
Tiles (SGL) doors and partitions to conc paving slabs around the building
unless otherwise shown.
manufactures' specications 10 Contractors must verify all dimensions and
3,500
3,500
D3 D2 D2 D2 D2
levels on site before commencing work. Any
discrepancies must be reported to the
architect before work is put in hand.
1,300 3,700
11 All levels shown are finished levels
1,300 EQ EQ EQ EQ
2,100
otherwise stated.
Stainless steel grab bar
to approval 12 All surface beds to be cast on well
compacted and well consolidated filling.
TRH 13 Depth of foundation trenches to be
TRH TRH TRH TRH minimum 600mm below reduced ground
Accessible WC level.
to approval 14 All pipes and services to be minimum 450mm
WC to approval WC to approval WC to approval WC to approval below reduced ground level.
SVP
E-03
E-01
7,601
7,601
SVP
200
200
200
Accessible WC WC to approval Urinal to Urinal to Urinal to
to approval approval approval approval
TRH
REVISIONS
1,600
TRH No. Date Revision/Issue
1,800
Stainless steel grab bar
2,100
to approval
1,300 900 1,800 1,000
S-C D3
2,200
D2
2,800 S-C
13mm Solid Grade Laminate (SGL) doors GENTS WC
3,500
3,500
and partitions to
ff. 600*600mm
manufactures
specications
1,200
2,400 PV
500
400
W1
SIGNATURE
PV PV PV
200
200
400 600 500 2,400 500 600 400 1,300 200 Proposed work shown thus
Existing work shown thus
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
S-A
E-04
Otto Mruttu + Partners Architects.
P.O. BOX 76382, 00508 NAIROBI
TEL : 020 - 2134392 / 3589334 FAX : 020 - 2305101
CELL : 0722554624 - NAIROBI
DRAWING TITLE
WASHROOM DETAIL
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
02
GENERAL NOTES
450
450
450
matching locks, hooks and regulations.
4 P.V. denotes permanent ventilation and
fasteners to approval must be provided above all doors and
windows where indicated or shown.
Plaster and paint to
600
600
5 All walls less than 200mm thick to be
approval reinforced with hoop iron at every alternate
300*300mm ceramic wall course.
3,000
7 D.p.c. denotes one layer of bituminous
Urinal with laminate felt to be provided under walls 150mm
2,550
above G.L.
partition to approval 8 All R.C. works to structural engineer’s
1,950
1,950
details.
WHB to granite counter 9 Provide 1 row of 600x600x50mm precast
top to approval conc paving slabs around the building
unless otherwise shown.
10 Contractors must verify all dimensions and
levels on site before commencing work. Any
Squatting WC to approval discrepancies must be reported to the
architect before work is put in hand.
11 All levels shown are finished levels
otherwise stated.
12 All surface beds to be cast on well
compacted and well consolidated filling.
13 Depth of foundation trenches to be
REVISIONS
No. Date Revision/Issue
600
Plaster and paint to
approval
2400X900mm mirror fixed Proposed work shown thus
Existing work shown thus
onto wall with chrome
900
Work to be demolished shown thus
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
150
WHB to granite counter
150
top to approval
Otto Mruttu + Partners Architects.
300*300mm ceramic wall 100 650 P.O. BOX 76382, 00508 NAIROBI
TEL : 020 - 2134392 / 3589334 FAX : 020 - 2305101
tile to approval CELL : 0722554624 - NAIROBI
150
JOB TITLE
DRAWING TITLE
SECTION B-B
WASHROOM DETAIL
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
SCALE
1:50
DATE
JUNE
DRAWN
S.K.M.
2018
Page 3 of 21
GSPublisherVersion 0.0.100.100
NOTES
GENERAL NOTES
511
8 All R.C. works to structural engineer’s
details.
9 Provide 1 row of 600x600x50mm precast
conc paving slabs around the building
1,711
unless otherwise shown.
10
1,200
Contractors must verify all dimensions and
G.C.I. roofing sheets on levels on site before commencing work. Any
discrepancies must be reported to the
steel support to S.E's architect before work is put in hand.
details 11 All levels shown are finished levels
otherwise stated.
Vent Window to Schedule 12 All surface beds to be cast on well
450
compacted and well consolidated filling.
Plaster and paint to 13 Depth of foundation trenches to be
minimum 600mm below reduced ground
approval level.
14 All pipes and services to be minimum 450mm
below reduced ground level.
3,150
Urinal with laminate
2,550
partition to approval REVISIONS
Stainless Steel Support No. Date Revision/Issue
Bar to Approval
Toilet Roll Holder to
approval
WC to approval
Squatting WC to approval
150
SECTION C-C 1:50 OTTO MRUTTU RGD. ARCHITECT - No: 1023
SIGNATURE
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
JOB TITLE
DRAWING TITLE
WASHROOM DETAIL
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
04
wall plastered and painted 3 All construction work is to comply with the
latest K.B.S. standard codes of practice,
to approval Local Authority By- Laws, and fire
regulations.
Doors and Windows to 4 P.V. denotes permanent ventilation and
schedule must be provided above all doors and
windows where indicated or shown.
5 All walls less than 200mm thick to be
reinforced with hoop iron at every alternate
course.
6 Water Meter to be 300mm above G.L.
7 D.p.c. denotes one layer of bituminous
felt to be provided under walls 150mm
above G.L.
8 All R.C. works to structural engineer’s
details.
9 Provide 1 row of 600x600x50mm precast
conc paving slabs around the building
unless otherwise shown.
10 Contractors must verify all dimensions and
200mm thick masonry levels on site before commencing work. Any
discrepancies must be reported to the
wall keyed to approval architect before work is put in hand.
11 All levels shown are finished levels
otherwise stated.
12 All surface beds to be cast on well
compacted and well consolidated filling.
13 Depth of foundation trenches to be
minimum 600mm below reduced ground
level.
14 All pipes and services to be minimum 450mm
below reduced ground level.
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
JOB TITLE
DRAWING TITLE
ELEVATION E-03
WASHROOM DETAIL
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
GENERAL NOTES
schedule
Proposed work shown thus
Existing work shown thus
Work to be demolished shown thus
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
JOB TITLE
DRAWING TITLE
ELEVATION E-02
WASHROOM DETAIL
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
GENERAL NOTES
1,000 800
9 Provide 1 row of 600x600x50mm precast
conc paving slabs around the building
unless otherwise shown.
50
level.
14 All pipes and services to be minimum 450mm
frame stained and below reduced ground level.
polished to approval
REVISIONS
No. Date Revision/Issue
2,100
1,800
2,000
2,050
150
Existing work shown thus
Work to be demolished shown thus
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
07
GENERAL NOTES
50 900 50 11
discrepancies must be reported to the
architect before work is put in hand.
All levels shown are finished levels
otherwise stated.
12 All surface beds to be cast on well
compacted and well consolidated filling.
13 Depth of foundation trenches to be
minimum 600mm below reduced ground
50
level.
14 All pipes and services to be minimum 450mm
below reduced ground level.
REVISIONS
No. Date Revision/Issue
1,800
2,000
18mm thick
melamine faced
chipboard to
approval
OTTO MRUTTU RGD. ARCHITECT - No: 1023
SIGNATURE
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
08
GENERAL NOTES
600 8
above G.L.
All R.C. works to structural engineer’s
50 500 50 50 50 50 50 9
details.
Provide 1 row of 600x600x50mm precast
50
unless otherwise shown.
10 Contractors must verify all dimensions and
levels on site before commencing work. Any
11
Openable Openable All levels shown are finished levels
otherwise stated.
600
500
12 All surface beds to be cast on well
50
6mm thick 6mm thick
frosted
1,950
frosted REVISIONS
glass with glass with No. Date Revision/Issue
1,550
beadings beadings
fixed to fixed to
appoval 1,700 appoval
1,700
50
350
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
W1 W2
NO REQ 08 NO REQ 04 Otto Mruttu + Partners Architects.
P.O. BOX 76382, 00508 NAIROBI
TEL : 020 - 2134392 / 3589334 FAX : 020 - 2305101
CELL : 0722554624 - NAIROBI
WINDOW SCHEDULE
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
09
GENERAL NOTES
50*77mm MS frame
to Permanent
must be provided above all doors and
windows where indicated or shown.
and painted
5
to approval
All walls less than 200mm thick to be
reinforced with hoop iron at every alternate
course.
approval
6 Water Meter to be 300mm above G.L.
7 D.p.c. denotes one layer of bituminous
felt to be provided under walls 150mm
above G.L.
8 All R.C. works to structural engineer’s
details.
REVISIONS
No. Date Revision/Issue
PV
SPORTS FIELDS
3,000
VENT WINDOW
04
OTTO MRUTTU RGD. ARCHITECT - No: 1023
SIGNATURE
LOCATION
Proposed work shown thus
Existing work shown thus
NO REQ
Work to be demolished shown thus
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
W3
Otto Mruttu + Partners Architects.
P.O. BOX 76382, 00508 NAIROBI
TEL : 020 - 2134392 / 3589334 FAX : 020 - 2305101
CELL : 0722554624 - NAIROBI
JOB TITLE
DRAWING TITLE
WINDOW SCHEDULE
10
S-D
ALSO TO ENHANCE THE PITCH GENERAL NOTES
AESTHETICS
1 This drawing is protected under the copyright
Act, and cannot be used or reproduced in
part or in whole without authors consent.
600
2 Read only figured dimensions.
3 All construction work is to comply with the
latest K.B.S. standard codes of practice,
Local Authority By- Laws, and fire
regulations.
1,000
4
Paspalum Grass to approval
P.V. denotes permanent ventilation and
must be provided above all doors and
windows where indicated or shown.
300
200
reinforced with hoop iron at every alternate
course.
6
4,200
Water Meter to be 300mm above G.L.
7
600
D.p.c. denotes one layer of bituminous
1,000
Paspalum Grass to approval
felt to be provided under walls 150mm
300
above G.L.
8 All R.C. works to structural engineer’s
details.
600
600
9 Provide 1 row of 600x600x50mm precast
conc paving slabs around the building
unless otherwise shown.
300 300
1,200 200
10 Contractors must verify all dimensions and
600
levels on site before commencing work. Any
600
600
12 All surface beds to be cast on well
compacted and well consolidated filling.
13 Depth of foundation trenches to be
300
minimum 600mm below reduced ground
600
level.
14 All pipes and services to be minimum 450mm
below reduced ground level.
1,500
300
S-D
TERRACE DETAIL 1:50
RC STEPS (150MM RISER, REVISIONS
300MM TREAD) TO SE DETAILS No. Date Revision/Issue
AESTHETICS
250mm * 125mm PRECAST KERB Proposed work shown thus
Existing work shown thus
200 1,000 200 1,000 200 900 100 400 200 Work to be demolished shown thus
JOB TITLE
DRAWING TITLE
TERRACE DETAIL
COMPACTED SOIL FILL
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
11
GENERAL NOTES
OPEN DRAIN
300mm DEEP ANCHOR STONE
REVISIONS
NATIVE GRASS TO BE ALLOWED TO GROW. No. Date Revision/Issue
CUT
450
NATURAL GROUND
Proposed work shown thus
Existing work shown thus
Work to be demolished shown thus
DRAWING TITLE
GENERAL NOTES
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
NATURAL GROUND
Otto Mruttu + Partners Architects.
P.O. BOX 76382, 00508 NAIROBI
TEL : 020 - 2134392 / 3589334 FAX : 020 - 2305101
CELL : 0722554624 - NAIROBI
DRAWING TITLE
13
4,200
1 This drawing is protected under the copyright
45o VEGETATED Act, and cannot be used or reproduced in
STONE PITCHING FUTURE part or in whole without authors consent.
10,200
TERRACE 2 Read only figured dimensions.
6,000
latest K.B.S. standard codes of practice,
3,000
5,000 SAFETY ZONE 25,670 3,660 25,670 SAFETY ZONE
5,000 Local Authority By- Laws, and fire
regulations.
UP UP 4 P.V. denotes permanent ventilation and
must be provided above all doors and
windows where indicated or shown.
5 All walls less than 200mm thick to be
reinforced with hoop iron at every alternate
course.
R 14.630 900 6
22,900
Water Meter to be 300mm above G.L.
7 D.p.c. denotes one layer of bituminous
felt to be provided under walls 150mm
above G.L.
8 All R.C. works to structural engineer’s
details.
9 Provide 1 row of 600x600x50mm precast
40,500
40,500
conc paving slabs around the building
unless otherwise shown.
10 Contractors must verify all dimensions and
SIDE BOARD
levels on site before commencing work. Any
discrepancies must be reported to the
80 1,100 80 architect before work is put in hand.
1,260 11 All levels shown are finished levels
otherwise stated.
12 All surface beds to be cast on well
compacted and well consolidated filling.
22,600
13 Depth of foundation trenches to be
minimum 600mm below reduced ground
TEAM
SHELTER/BENCH
level.
14 All pipes and services to be minimum 450mm
below reduced ground level.
UP UP
10,000
91,000
REVISIONS
No. Date Revision/Issue
UP UP
22,600
TEAM
SHELTER/BENCH
40,500
40,500
80 3,500 80 80mm GALVANISED PIPE
80
APPROX. 20mm STEEL MESH OR OTTO MRUTTU RGD. ARCHITECT - No: 1023
WHITE COTTON MESH TO
22,900
SIGNATURE
SPECIALIST DETAILS AND
2,000
SPORTING REGULATIONS.
Proposed work shown thus
BACK BOARD MATERIAL TO Existing work shown thus
460
BACK BOARD SPECIALIST DETAILS Work to be demolished shown thus
SPECIALISTS' DETAILS
UP UP
DRAWING TITLE
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
GENERAL NOTES
1:600
1 This drawing is protected under the copyright
Act, and cannot be used or reproduced in
part or in whole without authors consent.
2 Read only figured dimensions.
UP
UP
UP
UP
5 All walls less than 200mm thick to be
4,400
reinforced with hoop iron at every alternate
4,200
course.
6 Water Meter to be 300mm above G.L.
7 D.p.c. denotes one layer of bituminous
felt to be provided under walls 150mm
9,760
above G.L.
16,685
8 All R.C. works to structural engineer’s
details.
9 Provide 1 row of 600x600x50mm precast
conc paving slabs around the building
unless otherwise shown.
10 Contractors must verify all dimensions and
2,500
levels on site before commencing work. Any
3,000 51,000 51,000 3,000 discrepancies must be reported to the
11,500
architect before work is put in hand.
11 All levels shown are finished levels
otherwise stated.
SAFETY ZONE
12
22,375
16,500 All surface beds to be cast on well
compacted and well consolidated filling.
5,400 11,100 13 Depth of foundation trenches to be
minimum 600mm below reduced ground
10,875
level.
14 All pipes and services to be minimum 450mm
below reduced ground level.
R 9.126
R 9.122
R 36.500
TERRACE
TERRACE
1354.00
REVISIONS
FUTURE
FUTURE
109,571
73,000
18,250
18,251
63,000
36,500 No. Date Revision/Issue
10,875
36,500
22,375
11,500
SAFETY ZONE
SAFETY ZONE
OTTO MRUTTU RGD. ARCHITECT - No: 1023
SIGNATURE
2,500
9,760
Proposed work shown thus
Existing work shown thus
16,486
Work to be demolished shown thus
TERRACE
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
130,000
4,400
PAVILION
UP
UP
UP
UP
FUTURE
4,200
P.O. BOX 76382, 00508 NAIROBI
TEL : 020 - 2134392 / 3589334 FAX : 020 - 2305101
45,000 46,000 45,000 CELL : 0722554624 - NAIROBI
JOB TITLE
DRAWING TITLE
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
15
13
(REMOVABLE) Depth of foundation trenches to be
minimum 600mm below reduced ground
level.
14 All pipes and services to be minimum 450mm
below reduced ground level.
REVISIONS
REINFORCED CONCRETE FOOTING No. Date Revision/Issue
REMOVABLE FOOTBALL GOAL POST OTTO MRUTTU RGD. ARCHITECT - No: 1023
SIGNATURE
TOP OF CONCRETE FOOTING SHALL HAVE A 200mm LEVEL EDGE Proposed work shown thus
Existing work shown thus
AT BASE THEN SLOPED APPROX. 75mm BELOW GRADE FOR Work to be demolished shown thus
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
16
P-110
GOAL FOOTING 1:50
SCALE DATE DRAWN
1:50 JUNE
S.K.M.
2018
Page 16 of 21
GSPublisherVersion 0.0.100.100
32,400 NOTES
4,200
Act, and cannot be used or reproduced in
UP
UP
part or in whole without authors consent.
2 Read only figured dimensions.
3 All construction work is to comply with the
latest K.B.S. standard codes of practice,
Local Authority By- Laws, and fire
regulations.
SAFETY ZONE 800 4 P.V. denotes permanent ventilation and
must be provided above all doors and
2,000
2,000
UP UP 5 All walls less than 200mm thick to be
reinforced with hoop iron at every alternate
course.
1,500
6 Water Meter to be 300mm above G.L.
7 D.p.c. denotes one layer of bituminous
R 6.000
felt to be provided under walls 150mm
above G.L.
20,000
architect before work is put in hand.
11 All levels shown are finished levels
otherwise stated.
12 All surface beds to be cast on well
EQ
compacted and well consolidated filling.
13 Depth of foundation trenches to be
level.
14 All pipes and services to be minimum 450mm
TEAM
REVISIONS
No. Date Revision/Issue
UP UP
40,000
40,000
POSTS
80
TEAM
2,000
SPECIALIST DETAILS AND
20,000
UP UP JOB TITLE
DRAWING TITLE
HANDBALL PITCH A
REVISION
DRG. NO
UP
UP
JOB NO
17
4,200
3 All construction work is to comply with the
4,200
4,200
UP
latest K.B.S. standard codes of practice,
TERRACE NET POST (LACING ROD OPTIONAL) Local Authority By- Laws, and fire
regulations.
4 P.V. denotes permanent ventilation and
must be provided above all doors and
windows where indicated or shown.
5 All walls less than 200mm thick to be
reinforced with hoop iron at every alternate
5,500
course.
3,000 10,700 6
7
Water Meter to be 300mm above G.L.
D.p.c. denotes one layer of bituminous
NET TIGHTENER
1,350 3,000
felt to be provided under walls 150mm
3,000 1,350 8,000
950
above G.L.
8
TENNIS NET All R.C. works to structural engineer’s
details.
9 Provide 1 row of 600x600x50mm precast
200 LAWN FINISH conc paving slabs around the building
15,350
unless otherwise shown.
10 Contractors must verify all dimensions and
6,366
950
architect before work is put in hand.
11 All levels shown are finished levels
otherwise stated.
CONCRETE FOOTING BASE POUR 12 All surface beds to be cast on well
compacted and well consolidated filling.
TO STABLE UNDISTURBED SOIL 13 Depth of foundation trenches to be
minimum 600mm below reduced ground
600 level.
14 All pipes and services to be minimum 450mm
5,484
34,700
23,700
4,000
NET DETAIL 1:50 REVISIONS
No. Date Revision/Issue
1355.00
5,484
UP
6,366
15,350
TERRACE
600
NET POST SET IN SLEEVE Existing work shown thus
Work to be demolished shown thus
200
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
4,200
4,200
4,200
JOB TITLE
TENNIS COURT
GENERAL NOTES
4,200
4,200
UP 4 P.V. denotes permanent ventilation and
9,500 must be provided above all doors and
windows where indicated or shown.
2,020
UP UP 8 All R.C. works to structural engineer’s
details.
9 Provide 1 row of 600x600x50mm precast
6,000
conc paving slabs around the building
3050
unless otherwise shown.
10 Contractors must verify all dimensions and
levels on site before commencing work. Any
ATLEAST 100mm THICK discrepancies must be reported to the
architect before work is put in hand.
MILD STEEL POST TO 11 All levels shown are finished levels
otherwise stated.
SPECIALIST DETAILS 12
3,000 3,000
22,020
13 Depth of foundation trenches to be
minimum 600mm below reduced ground
level.
18,000
14 All pipes and services to be minimum 450mm
1355.00 10,000 below reduced ground level.
MEN = 2.43 M
WOMEN = 2.24 M
UP
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
JOB TITLE
DRAWING TITLE
VOLLEYBALL PITCH B
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
4,200
GENERAL NOTES
4,200 600 21,350 600 4,201 1 This drawing is protected under the copyright
Act, and cannot be used or reproduced in
part or in whole without authors consent.
2 Read only figured dimensions.
UP 3 All construction work is to comply with the
3,050 600
Local Authority By- Laws, and fire
regulations.
4 P.V. denotes permanent ventilation and
must be provided above all doors and
windows where indicated or shown.
SAFETY ZONE 5 All walls less than 200mm thick to be
3,050 15,250 3,050 reinforced with hoop iron at every alternate
course.
3,050 2,725 9,800 2,725 3,050 6 Water Meter to be 300mm above G.L.
7 D.p.c. denotes one layer of bituminous
felt to be provided under walls 150mm
UP
UP
above G.L.
8 All R.C. works to structural engineer’s
details.
380mm DIAMETER RIM 9 Provide 1 row of 600x600x50mm precast
conc paving slabs around the building
TO SPECIALIST DETAILS unless otherwise shown.
10 Contractors must verify all dimensions and
R 4.900
EQ
levels on site before commencing work. Any
discrepancies must be reported to the
architect before work is put in hand.
11 All levels shown are finished levels
otherwise stated.
12
15mm RHS MILD STEEL All surface beds to be cast on well
compacted and well consolidated filling.
PAINTED TO APPROVAL 13 Depth of foundation trenches to be
minimum 600mm below reduced ground
3,050
level.
30,500
REVISIONS
30,500
TERRACE GALVANISED STEEL
EQ
No. Date Revision/Issue
TERRACE POST
APPROX. 20mm STEEL
500
1355.00 MESH OR WHITE
750
COTTON MESH TO
SPECIALIST DETAILS AND
SPORTING REGULATIONS.
400 MANUFACTURER'S SLEEVED
ANCHORS TO INCLUDE
NEOPRENE CAPS
EQ
MANUFACTURER SIGNATURE
CONCRETE FOOTING
UP
UP
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
3,050
SAFETY ZONE
600
DRAWING TITLE
NETBALL PITCH B
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
GENERAL NOTES
4,200
4,200
UP must be provided above all doors and
windows where indicated or shown.
1050
5 All walls less than 200mm thick to be
TERRACE reinforced with hoop iron at every alternate
course.
6 Water Meter to be 300mm above G.L.
7 D.p.c. denotes one layer of bituminous
SAFETY ZONE
2,000 4,650 4,600 4,750 2,000
felt to be provided under walls 150mm
150
above G.L.
8
450
All R.C. works to structural engineer’s
details.
2,000
2,000
2,600
UP
9 Provide 1 row of 600x600x50mm precast
conc paving slabs around the building
unless otherwise shown.
R 1.800
1,500
10 Contractors must verify all dimensions and
levels on site before commencing work. Any
discrepancies must be reported to the
architect before work is put in hand.
11 All levels shown are finished levels
otherwise stated.
12 All surface beds to be cast on well
12,000
29,200
SPECIALIST DETAILS
24,000
21,000
R 1.800 REVISIONS
300 GAME CLOCK AND 24-SECOND DEVICE No. Date Revision/Issue
R 6.750
ATLEAST 2100mm * 100mm
300
12,000
SIGNATURE
SAFETY ZONE
3,000
600
2,100
CLIENT`S SIGNATURE
UP
4,200
JOB TITLE
DRAWING TITLE
REVISION
JOB NO DRG. NO
21
70
69
13
0
13
13
55
5.
. 00
00
135
13
.0
4,200
UP
58
TERRACE
67
13
13
SUB-DRAIN A:1% SLOPE
3,050
UP
UP
0
7. 00
00
.
135
13
SUB-DRAIN A:1% SLOPE
00
000
1354.
NETBALL PITCH B
45,000
.0
NETBALL 1355.00 TERRACE
1354.323
65
30,500
00
SUB-DRAIN A:1% SLOPE
TERRACE
13
PITCH A 1% SLOPE 1% SLOPE
.0
0
56
00
. 000 1354
1355
13
.
SUB-DRAIN A:1% SLOPE
64
13
00
UP
UP
.0
0
1354. 00
63
0
MAIN DRAIN A 2.45M AWAY FROM COURT: 1% SLOPE
4,200 3,050
Cultivated
5. 00
13
TERRACE
00
.0
Shamba
135
WASH
62
ROOMS
13
FUTURE FUTURE
00
.0
UP
61
1% SL
N:
N DRAI
MAI
13
UP UP
0
. 00
UP
VOLLEYBALL
1% SLOPE
60
MAIN DRAIN A 1.4M AWAY FROM COURT: 1% SLOPE
SUB-DRAIN A:1% SLOPE
VOLLEYBALL PITCH B
13
PITCH A
00
FUTURE
SUB-DRAIN A:1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE 1% SLOPE
BASKETBALL
59
1% SLOPE 1% SLOPE
BASKETBALL COURT B
13
MAIN DRAIN A NEXT TO PITCH PITCH: 1% SLOPE
COURT A
00
1354.00
TERRACE
UP
.0
58
13
UP
0
TERRACE
00
TERRACE
. 00
UP
.0
MAIN DRAIN 3M AWAY FROM COURT: 1% SLOPE
MAIN DRAIN A 1.4M AWAY FROM COURT: 1% SLOPE
55
57
FUTURE
00
TERRACE
13
UP
13
.0
00
2No. TENNIS TERRACE
54
.0
13
54
COURTS
00
13
UP
TENNIS COURT
56
1355.00
3
UP
13
73,400 FUTURE
4,200 5,000 55,000 5,000 4,200 TERRACE
PARKING
MAIN DRAIN 3M AWAY FROM COURT: 1% SLOPE LOT
TERRACE
TERRACE
UP
UP UP
1355. 000
0
00
1% SLOPE
00
.0
64
TERRACE
1% SLOPE
13
MAIN DRAIN
00
.0
53
00
WASH
13
MAIN DRAIN
.0
1.5% SLOPE UP
MAIN DRAIN
1.5% SLOPE ROOMS
63
1352.770
HOCKEY PITCH
EXISTING BASE BALL
UP
B UP
1% SLOPE
UP UP
00
00 1% SLOPE
.0
.0
62
61
PITCH CROWN
3
13
1354.00
.
59
13
UP UP
SUB-DRAIN A:1% SLOPE
UP
FUTURE EUCALYPTUS
PITCH CROWN
MAIN DRAIN
MAIN DRAIN 1% SLOPE PAVILION
FOREST
UP
UP
TERRACE
00
TERRACE
UP SUB-DRAIN A:1% SLOPE
SAFETY ZONE
.0
UP UP
58
1500
SUB-DRAIN A:1% SLOPE
13
1% SLOPE
MAIN DRAIN
1% SLOPE
. 000 FUTURE
1% SLOPE 1% SLOPE
HANDBALL
00
20
00 1.5% SLOPE 1.5% SLOPE PITCH B
57
ID UP UP
E
13
SW
AL 1354.00
E
SUB-DRAIN A:1% SLOPE SUB-DRAIN A:1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE 1% SLOPE UP UP
UP
UP
SUB-DRAIN A 2M AWAY FROM PITCH
M
MAIN DRAIN
AI
MAIN DRAIN
1352.038
N
200mm dia HDPE Pipe
. 00
DR
200
AI
53
mm
N
MAIN DRAIN
dia
13
HD
UP
Mukinduri
PE
13
Pip
5
e
4. 0
13
1% SLOPE 1% SLOPE
5
MAIN DRAIN
4. 0
20
00
0
0
mm
00
0
WI
DE 1% SLOPE .
52
SW
AL
13
E
1356. 000
1354
. 000
EUCALYPTUS
MA
IN
FOREST
DR
AIN
13
5 5.
Muuti
135
00
13
7. 0
0
53
0
0 200
.0
0m
m
WID
00
E SW
ALE
Gravillea
13
00
56
.0
.
NOTES REVISIONS
1. All dimensions are in millimeters, unless otherwise stated. 8. Hoop iron to be placed on every other course.
Descriptions CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS: ARCHITECT:
2. This drawing must not be scaled off, only figured dimensions9. Cover to main reinforcement to be as follows: Date Suffix
should be used and is to be read in conjunction with other (a) Beams = 25mm Designed by G.K.K Date JUNE, 2018
TITLE: PROJECT NAME: CLIENT:
relevant drawings.
3. Reinforced concrete to be class 25/25 to BS 8110 while
(b) Slab = 25mm
(c) Foundation = 40mm MERU UNIVERSITY OF Charchi Githinji & Partners Drawn by Date JUNE, 2018
G.K.K
blinding concrete is to be class 15/20. 10. "Y" Denotes square twisted high yield steel reinforcement bars PROPOSED SPORTS FIELDS SITE SCIENCE AND Consulting Engineers
4. Mortar to be 1:4 - cement:sand. to BS 4461.
PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY FOR TECHNOLOGY OTTO MRUTTU+ PARTNERS ARCHITECTS Date
5. Maximum free water - cement ratio to be 0.5. 11. Damp proof course to BS 743. PLAN Checked by S.K. MWEA JUNE, 2018
6. Reinforcements and formwork must be inspected by the 12. Reinforcement lap lengths to be 50 times the diameter of the MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND P.O. Box 58911 - 00200, Nairobi
Engineer before concreting. smaller lapped bar. Scale 1:750
7. Masonry wall sections shall either be precast masonry to BS
TECHNOLOGY Tel: 020 2319553, 020 2319558
6073 or natural stone with a minimum average compressive (M.U.S.T) L.R. No. 27425 Email: [email protected]
Drawing No:- CGP/MUST/18/01
strength of 7N/mm2.
Page 1 of 10
20
00
mm
WI
DE
SW
MAIN DRAIN NEXT TO TERRACE: 1% SLOPE
AL
E
1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE
MAIN DRAIN 200mm dia HDPE Pipe MAIN DRAIN
200mm Thick Soil Backfill
G.L G.L
Hesian filter
1% SLOPE
200mm graded
fabric
aggregate ballast
1.5% SLOPE
1.5% SLOPE
MAIN DRAIN 300mm thick
MAIN DRAIN hardcore filling
Suitable firm
natural ground
SOCCER PITCH
1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE
1354.00
G.L G.L
1.5% SLOPE
1.5% SLOPE
200mm graded
Hesian filter aggregate ballast
fabric
50mm class 15
concrete blinding
Suitable firm
1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE
natural ground
MAIN DRAIN
200mm dia HDPE Pipe
1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE
RUNNING TRACK CROSS-OVER
1% SLOPE
PIPE SECTION
MAIN DRAIN NEXT TO TERRACE: 1% SLOPE 200mm Thick Sand Layer 150mm Thick Soil Backfill
Running Track
125 x 150 mm low retaining 600x600mm
200mm graded
channel block 125 x 150 mm low retaining aggregate ballast Inspection
chamber
channel block
400mm thick
hardcore filling
200mm dia HDPE
Detail B perforated pipe 50mm class 15
Suitable firm 300mm layer of compacted concrete blinding
125 x 150 mm low retaining 125 x 150 mm low retaining 125 x 150 mm low retaining 125 x 150 mm low retaining
channel block channel block channel block channel block
Detail B
300mm layer of compacted
300mm layer of compacted
murram in 150mm layers Suitable firm Suitable firm natural ground Detail A
Suitable firm
natural ground murram in 150mm layers
natural ground
NOTES REVISIONS
1. All dimensions are in millimeters, unless otherwise stated. 8. Hoop iron to be placed on every other course.
Descriptions CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS: ARCHITECT:
2. This drawing must not be scaled off, only figured dimensions9. Cover to main reinforcement to be as follows: Date Suffix
should be used and is to be read in conjunction with other (a) Beams = 25mm Designed by G.K.K Date JUNE, 2018
TITLE: PROJECT NAME: CLIENT:
relevant drawings.
3. Reinforced concrete to be class 25/25 to BS 8110 while
(b) Slab = 25mm
(c) Foundation = 40mm MERU UNIVERSITY OF Charchi Githinji & Partners Drawn by Date
G.K.K JUNE, 2018
blinding concrete is to be class 15/20. 10. "Y" Denotes square twisted high yield steel reinforcement bars PROPOSED SOCCER PITCH WITH SCIENCE AND Consulting Engineers
4. Mortar to be 1:4 - cement:sand. to BS 4461.
PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY FOR TECHNOLOGY OTTO MRUTTU+ PARTNERS ARCHITECTS Date
5. Maximum free water - cement ratio to be 0.5. 11. Damp proof course to BS 743. RUNNING TRACK Checked by S.K. MWEA JUNE, 2018
6. Reinforcements and formwork must be inspected by the 12. Reinforcement lap lengths to be 50 times the diameter of the MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND P.O. Box 58911 - 00200, Nairobi
Engineer before concreting. smaller lapped bar. Scale 1:300,1:150,1:50,1:20
7. Masonry wall sections shall either be precast masonry to BS
TECHNOLOGY Tel: 020 2319553, 020 2319558
6073 or natural stone with a minimum average compressive (M.U.S.T) L.R. No. 27425 Email: [email protected]
Drawing No:- CGP/MUST/18/02
strength of 7N/mm2.
Page 2 of 10
UP
UP
UP
UP
MAIN DRAIN 3M AWAY FROM PITCH: 1% SLOPE
200mm Thick Sand Layer
G.L G.L
200mm graded
Hesian filter aggregate ballast
1.5% SLOPE
fabric
1.5% SLOPE
200mm dia HDPE 400mm thick
perforated pipe hardcore filling
50mm class 15
concrete blinding
Suitable firm
natural ground
HOCKEY PITCH
MAIN PIPE DRAIN SECTION
DRAIN B
MAIN DRAIN 1% SLOPE
1356.00
B
PITCH CROWN
1.5% SLOPE
200mm graded 600x600mm
aggregate ballast Inspection
chamber
400mm thick
hardcore filling
200mm dia HDPE
perforated pipe 50mm class 15
concrete blinding
Suitable firm
natural ground
INSPECTION CHAMBER SECTION
SPACED AT 30M CENTRES
TERRACE
UP
UP
UP
UP
NOTES REVISIONS
1. All dimensions are in millimeters, unless otherwise stated. 8. Hoop iron to be placed on every other course.
Descriptions CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS: ARCHITECT:
2. This drawing must not be scaled off, only figured dimensions9. Cover to main reinforcement to be as follows: Date Suffix
should be used and is to be read in conjunction with other (a) Beams = 25mm Designed by G.K.K Date JUNE, 2018
TITLE: PROJECT NAME: CLIENT:
relevant drawings.
3. Reinforced concrete to be class 25/25 to BS 8110 while
(b) Slab = 25mm
(c) Foundation = 40mm MERU UNIVERSITY OF Charchi Githinji & Partners Drawn by Date JUNE, 2018
G.K.K
blinding concrete is to be class 15/20. 10. "Y" Denotes square twisted high yield steel reinforcement bars PROPOSED HOCKEY PITCH PLAN & SCIENCE AND Consulting Engineers
4. Mortar to be 1:4 - cement:sand. to BS 4461.
PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY FOR TECHNOLOGY OTTO MRUTTU+ PARTNERS ARCHITECTS Date JUNE, 2018
5. Maximum free water - cement ratio to be 0.5. 11. Damp proof course to BS 743. CROSS-SECTION Checked by S.K. MWEA
6. Reinforcements and formwork must be inspected by the 12. Reinforcement lap lengths to be 50 times the diameter of the MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND P.O. Box 58911 - 00200, Nairobi
Engineer before concreting. smaller lapped bar. Scale 1:200, 1:100, 1:20
7. Masonry wall sections shall either be precast masonry to BS
TECHNOLOGY Tel: 020 2319553, 020 2319558
6073 or natural stone with a minimum average compressive (M.U.S.T) L.R. No. 27425 Email: [email protected]
Drawing No:- CGP/MUST/18/03
strength of 7N/mm2.
Page 3 of 10
UP
UP
UP
MAIN DRAIN 0.8M AWAY FROM PITCH: 1% SLOPE 200mm Thick Soil Backfill
G.L G.L
Hesian filter
200mm graded
UP UP fabric
aggregate ballast
300mm thick
hardcore filling
Suitable firm
natural ground
SAFETY ZONE
FIELD SUB-DRAIN SECTION
1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE
DRAIN A
HANDBALL PITCH A
MAIN DRAIN: 1% SLOPE
1354.00
200mm Thick Sand Layer
TERRACE
SUB-DRAIN A:1% SLOPE
G.L G.L
200mm graded
Hesian filter aggregate ballast
fabric
1% SLOPE
50mm class 15
concrete blinding
Suitable firm
natural ground
400mm thick
UP
UP
UP
hardcore filling
200mm dia HDPE
perforated pipe 50mm class 15
concrete blinding
Suitable firm
natural ground
INSPECTION CHAMBER SECTION
SPACED AT 30M CENTRES
200mm layer of graded murram soil 150mm layer of compacted murram soil
1% slope 1% slope
NOTES REVISIONS
1. All dimensions are in millimeters, unless otherwise stated. 8. Hoop iron to be placed on every other course.
Descriptions CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS: ARCHITECT:
2. This drawing must not be scaled off, only figured dimensions9. Cover to main reinforcement to be as follows: Date Suffix
should be used and is to be read in conjunction with other (a) Beams = 25mm Designed by G.K.K Date JUNE, 2018
TITLE: PROJECT NAME: CLIENT:
relevant drawings.
3. Reinforced concrete to be class 25/25 to BS 8110 while
(b) Slab = 25mm
(c) Foundation = 40mm MERU UNIVERSITY OF Charchi Githinji & Partners Drawn by Date
G.K.K JUNE, 2018
blinding concrete is to be class 15/20. 10. "Y" Denotes square twisted high yield steel reinforcement bars PROPOSED HANDBALL PITCH PLAN SCIENCE AND Consulting Engineers
4. Mortar to be 1:4 - cement:sand. to BS 4461.
PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY FOR TECHNOLOGY OTTO MRUTTU+ PARTNERS ARCHITECTS Date
5. Maximum free water - cement ratio to be 0.5. 11. Damp proof course to BS 743. & CROSS-SECTION DETAILS Checked by S.K. MWEA JUNE, 2018
6. Reinforcements and formwork must be inspected by the 12. Reinforcement lap lengths to be 50 times the diameter of the MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND P.O. Box 58911 - 00200, Nairobi
Engineer before concreting. smaller lapped bar. Scale 1:100,1:50, 1:20
7. Masonry wall sections shall either be precast masonry to BS
TECHNOLOGY Tel: 020 2319553, 020 2319558
6073 or natural stone with a minimum average compressive (M.U.S.T) L.R. No. 27425 Email: [email protected]
Drawing No:- CGP/MUST/18/04
strength of 7N/mm2.
Page 4 of 10
200mm Thick Sand Layer
G.L G.L
MAIN DRAIN 2M AWAY FROM COURT: 1% SLOPE
200mm graded
Hesian filter aggregate ballast
fabric
50mm class 15
concrete blinding
TENNIS COURT
TERRACE
DRAIN B
TERRACE
TERRACE
TERRACE
1355.00
UP UP
200mm Thick Sand Layer 150mm Thick Soil Backfill
TERRACE
400mm thick
hardcore filling
200mm dia HDPE
perforated pipe 50mm class 15
concrete blinding
UP
UP
Suitable firm
natural ground
INSPECTION CHAMBER SECTION
SPACED AT 30M CENTRES
50mm layer of fine red murram soil 2 No. 150mm layers of compacted black murram soil
125 x 150 mm low retaining 125 x 150 mm low retaining
channel block channel block
NOTES
1. All dimensions are in millimeters, unless otherwise stated. 8. Hoop iron to be placed on every other course.
2. This drawing must not be scaled off, only figured dimensions9. Cover to main reinforcement to be as follows: Date
REVISIONS
Suffix Descriptions
TENNIS COURT CROSS-SECTION CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS: ARCHITECT:
should be used and is to be read in conjunction with other (a) Beams = 25mm Designed by G.K.K Date JUNE, 2018
TITLE: PROJECT NAME: CLIENT:
relevant drawings.
3. Reinforced concrete to be class 25/25 to BS 8110 while
(b) Slab = 25mm
(c) Foundation = 40mm MERU UNIVERSITY OF Charchi Githinji & Partners Drawn by Date
G.K.K JUNE, 2018
blinding concrete is to be class 15/20. 10. "Y" Denotes square twisted high yield steel reinforcement bars PROPOSED TENNIS COURT PLAN SCIENCE AND Consulting Engineers
4. Mortar to be 1:4 - cement:sand. to BS 4461.
PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY FOR TECHNOLOGY OTTO MRUTTU+ PARTNERS ARCHITECTS Date
5. Maximum free water - cement ratio to be 0.5. 11. Damp proof course to BS 743. & CROSS-SECTION DETAILS Checked by S.K. MWEA JUNE, 2018
6. Reinforcements and formwork must be inspected by the 12. Reinforcement lap lengths to be 50 times the diameter of the MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND P.O. Box 58911 - 00200, Nairobi
Engineer before concreting. smaller lapped bar. Scale 1:75,1:30,1:20
7. Masonry wall sections shall either be precast masonry to BS
TECHNOLOGY Tel: 020 2319553, 020 2319558
6073 or natural stone with a minimum average compressive (M.U.S.T) L.R. No. 27425 Email: [email protected]
Drawing No:- CGP/MUST/18/05
strength of 7N/mm2.
Page 5 of 10
TERRACE
UP
MAIN DRAIN 0.8M AWAY FROM PITCH: 1% SLOPE
VOLLEYBALL PITCH B
200mm Thick Soil Backfill
1% SLOPE
G.L G.L
1% SLOPE
Hesian filter
200mm graded
fabric
300mm thick
hardcore filling
TERRACE
Suitable firm
UP
1355.00
natural ground
UP FIELD SUB-DRAIN SECTION
DRAIN A
1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE
200mm Thick Sand Layer
G.L G.L
200mm graded
Hesian filter aggregate ballast
fabric
MAIN DRAIN 0.8M AWAY FROM PITCH: 1% SLOPE
TERRACE
200mm dia HDPE 400mm thick
perforated pipe hardcore filling
50mm class 15
concrete blinding
Suitable firm
natural ground
UP
DRAIN B
400mm thick
hardcore filling
200mm dia HDPE
perforated pipe 50mm class 15
concrete blinding
Suitable firm
natural ground
INSPECTION CHAMBER SECTION
SPACED AT 30M CENTRES
200mm layer of graded murram soil 150mm layer of compacted murram soil
1% slope 1% slope
6073 or natural stone with a minimum average compressive (M.U.S.T) L.R. No. 27425 Email: [email protected]
Drawing No:- CGP/MUST/18/06
strength of 7N/mm2.
Page 6 of 10
0 00
4,200 3,050 30,500 3,050 4,200
200mm Thick Soil Backfill
G.L G.L
TERRACE
UP UP
Hesian filter
200mm graded
fabric
aggregate ballast
300mm thick
hardcore filling
TERRACE
200mm Thick Sand Layer
MAIN DRAIN A 2.45M AWAY FROM COURT: 1% SLOPE
G.L G.L
1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE
NETBALL PITCH B
200mm graded
1355.00
TERRACE
UP
200mm dia HDPE
perforated pipe hardcore filling
50mm class 15
concrete blinding
1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE
Suitable firm
natural ground
5 .0 400mm thick
hardcore filling
200mm dia HDPE
00
UP UP perforated pipe 50mm class 15
concrete blinding
Suitable firm
natural ground
INSPECTION CHAMBER SECTION
SPACED AT 30M CENTRES
200mm layer of graded murram soil 150mm layer of compacted murram soil
1% slope 1% slope
6073 or natural stone with a minimum average compressive (M.U.S.T) L.R. No. 27425 Email: [email protected]
Drawing No:- CGP/MUST/18/07
strength of 7N/mm2.
Page 7 of 10
00
0
MAIN DRAIN 0.8M AWAY FROM COURT: 1% SLOPE
UP
UP 200mm Thick Sand Layer
G.L G.L
BASKETBALL COURT B
MAIN DRAIN A 1.4M AWAY FROM COURT: 1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE
200mm graded
Hesian filter aggregate ballast
fabric
1354.00
200mm dia HDPE 400mm thick
TERRACE
TERRACE
50mm class 15
concrete blinding
Suitable firm
natural ground
1% SLOPE
1% SLOPE
200mm Thick Sand Layer 150mm Thick Soil Backfill
125 x 150 mm low retaining Compacted 75mm layer of tarmac 150mm layer of compacted 3.5mm gravel 125 x 150 mm low retaining
channel block 1% slope channel block
6073 or natural stone with a minimum average compressive (M.U.S.T) L.R. No. 27425 Email: [email protected]
Drawing No:- CGP/MUST/18/08
strength of 7N/mm2.
Page 8 of 10
TRUSS 1
TRUSS 1,5No.
External members 50x50x3mm SHS
TRUSS 1 Internal members 50x50x3mm SHS
TRUSS 1
TRUSS 1
TRUSS 1
TRUSS 1
WASHROOM FOUNDATION LAYOUT
NOTES REVISIONS
1. All dimensions are in millimeters, unless otherwise stated. 8. Hoop iron to be placed on every other course.
Descriptions CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS: ARCHITECT:
2. This drawing must not be scaled off, only figured dimensions9. Cover to main reinforcement to be as follows: Date Suffix
should be used and is to be read in conjunction with other (a) Beams = 25mm Designed by G.K.K Date JUNE, 2018
TITLE: PROJECT NAME: CLIENT:
relevant drawings.
3. Reinforced concrete to be class 25/25 to BS 8110 while
(b) Slab = 25mm
(c) Foundation = 40mm MERU UNIVERSITY OF Charchi Githinji & Partners Drawn by Date
G.K.K JUNE, 2018
blinding concrete is to be class 15/20. 10. "Y" Denotes square twisted high yield steel reinforcement bars PROPOSED WASHROOM SCIENCE AND Consulting Engineers
4. Mortar to be 1:4 - cement:sand. to BS 4461.
PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY FOR TECHNOLOGY OTTO MRUTTU+ PARTNERS ARCHITECTS Date
5. Maximum free water - cement ratio to be 0.5. 11. Damp proof course to BS 743. FOUNDATION & ROOF LAYOUTS Checked by S.K. MWEA JUNE, 2018
6. Reinforcements and formwork must be inspected by the 12. Reinforcement lap lengths to be 50 times the diameter of the MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND P.O. Box 58911 - 00200, Nairobi
Engineer before concreting. smaller lapped bar. Scale 1:30,1:25,1:20
7. Masonry wall sections shall either be precast masonry to BS
TECHNOLOGY Tel: 020 2319553, 020 2319558
6073 or natural stone with a minimum average compressive (M.U.S.T) L.R. No. 27425 Email: [email protected]
Drawing No:- CGP/MUST/18/09
strength of 7N/mm2.
Page 9 of 10
T8-10-200c/c T8-09
T8-10-200c/c
4T12-03
10T8-05-150c/c
75mm Kicker
G.L G.L
3 T8-01 -200 B2
3 T8-01 -200 B2 3 T8-01 -200 B2 2 T8-01 -200 B2 2 T8-01 -200 B2 TYPICAL BACK ELEVATION OF GRASS TERRACES WITH
MASONRY RETAINING WALL
T10 -02 -200 B1 SCALE 1:10
T10 -02 -200 B1 T10 -02 -200 B1 T10 -03 -200 B1 T10 -03 -200 B1
T8-05-150c/c
FOOTPATH CROSS-SECTION
300mm layer of compacted
125 x 150 mm low retaining 125 x 150 mm low retaining
murram in 150mm layers
channel block channel block
1.5% slope 1.5% slope
Suitable firm
600mm wide natural drain natural ground 600mm wide natural drain
MURRAM ROAD CROSS-SECTION
NOTES REVISIONS
1. All dimensions are in millimeters, unless otherwise stated. 8. Hoop iron to be placed on every other course.
Descriptions CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS: ARCHITECT:
2. This drawing must not be scaled off, only figured dimensions9. Cover to main reinforcement to be as follows: Date Suffix
should be used and is to be read in conjunction with other (a) Beams = 25mm Designed by G.K.K Date JUNE, 2018
TITLE: PROJECT NAME: CLIENT:
relevant drawings.
3. Reinforced concrete to be class 25/25 to BS 8110 while
(b) Slab = 25mm
(c) Foundation = 40mm MERU UNIVERSITY OF Charchi Githinji & Partners Drawn by Date
G.K.K JUNE, 2018
blinding concrete is to be class 15/20. 10. "Y" Denotes square twisted high yield steel reinforcement bars PROPOSED GRASS TERRACE, SCIENCE AND Consulting Engineers
4. Mortar to be 1:4 - cement:sand. to BS 4461.
PROPOSED SPORTS FACILITY FOR TECHNOLOGY OTTO MRUTTU+ PARTNERS ARCHITECTS Date
5. Maximum free water - cement ratio to be 0.5. 11. Damp proof course to BS 743. FOOTPATH & MURRAM ROAD Checked by S.K. MWEA JUNE, 2018
6. Reinforcements and formwork must be inspected by the 12. Reinforcement lap lengths to be 50 times the diameter of the MERU UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND P.O. Box 58911 - 00200, Nairobi
Engineer before concreting. smaller lapped bar. DETAILS Scale 1:30,1:20,1:10
7. Masonry wall sections shall either be precast masonry to BS
TECHNOLOGY Tel: 020 2319553, 020 2319558
6073 or natural stone with a minimum average compressive (M.U.S.T) L.R. No. 27425 Email: [email protected]
Drawing No:- CGP/MUST/18/10
strength of 7N/mm2.
Page 10 of 10